The Philosophy of Scientology and Dianetics
The philosophy of Scientology and Dianetics could be simply stated that
if a person knew more, that is, he was more aware, then he would do
better, and feel better. This idea is about 10,000 years old as far as
its recent recording.
That philosophy evolved into techniques, technology, and education to
expand a person's understanding and awareness to where people would
be more capable, and thus better off.
The philosophy embraces the lower seven dynamics, and operates within
the realm of the lower seven dynamics. It confines itself to certainty and
doesn't interfere with or address a person's beliefs, which are things
that they can keep for themselves because beliefs are highly subjective.
This particular philosophy goes back a long time, and appears to have
dominated Scientology and Dianetic activity up to the mid-60s, at which
point administrative aspects overshadowed technical aspects, and a para
military organization was formed up based on savage management
techniques and philosophies. It is known as -the Sea Org'', and it has
dominated over the churches since. It also crushed the above-stated,
original philosophy out of existence. So, that was the philosophy of
Scientology and Dianetics. It disappeared out of existence 16 years ago,
and has existed only in the individual universes of a few since then. It
does not exist in isness, excepting 10 instances of -field auditors',
whose names are on file with the US Government.
282

The Church of Scientology and Dianetics
There are a number, between 50 and 100, of legally recorded churches.
Historically, what happened was after the publication of Dianetics in
1950, a number of Foundations were set up as Hubbard tried to bring some
semblance of order to the droves of people at his doorstep in his
travels and lectures. There was the New Jersey Foundation, then Wichita,
and so forth. Doing anything with these people was not his hearts desire,
for the next five years of his life included more scientific discovery
than even he wanted. After the five years of inspiration subsided, we find
him establishing The Church of American Science in Phoenix (1954), and
then The Founding Church of Scientology (1955) in Washington D.C. (I
was the Sunday Services minister at the latter for a few years in the
late 1960's). Very quickly over the next five years about 20 other
churches opened up all over the globe. Now there are between 50 and too
of them, and the exact count remains vague as there are -Missions' which
are branches of Churches. These churches are legally autonomous, so that
in the event of loss or suit or whatever, they eat it alone. If anything
good happens, the senior churches either take it or the credit for it.
These churches have a pecking order. California seems to be the loosest
charter, and thus is utilized for the most expansion, with offices in
Florida, yet it reports to -Worldwide' in East Grinstead, Sussex,
England, at Hubbards old English Estate -Saint Hill Manor.
All of these have had a church creed which I quoted much of at the
beginning of the book. I suppose if they were drawn into court they would
allege that they still do in a file somewhere.
So these things grew from 1955 up to about 1966, when the para military -
Sea Org' administrative Arm took control of the thing away
from the technical and religious types. In less than a year the character
went from that of peaceable savages to predatory barbarians. I was at
Saint Hill in the 1965-66 period as a witness to this change in character.
It was the most appalling event I have seen this lifetime, and I did not
sleep for 6 weeks, got real gray hair at age 21, crashed 150 tones down
the tone scale, outperformed all my peers out of rage, was most vocal in
my displeasure on the change in character, and was expelled from the
church for 9 months, after which they insisted I return, and that it had
all been a gross mistake. The predatory barbarians thought the
controversy of -the dumb farmer in love with helping people' would not
be an embarrassment to them if they would sanction his activities. That
is the problem they had and that is how they have solved it, from then to
now. And they did have a problem, there was no mistaking that. I could do
a mailing, and give a lecture at a Hotel and draw more people than their
leader. After they expelled me, I continued doing my counseling, and
claimed they had no authority, I had mine not from them, but from
Hubbard, and I suppose their counsel explained he would have to sign the
cancellations of the authority he granted me, and he would not, nor would
his wife. These two have confidentially said -leave him alone'. So
sanction has made it alright to this day, supposedly. And in 1969 when
there was no church left in Washington D. C., only 8 sleepless people,
they asked me to put a church there, as a personal favor to the two
Hubbards who have insured I be left alone all these years. And six months
later, when there was one there, the military boys arrived, and took it
all away and I received no statement of acknowledgment even. I took on
that 283

task only if I would be indemnified by them against the military group,
only if all church policy could be waived, and only if all administrative
control was in my hands. By age 25, I had proved the old real Scientology
religion was what people wanted (was merchantable and marketable), the -
Sea Org' was a sham, all the administrative paperwork was unnecessary.
This was not enough to make them see the light, but we both saw one thing,
a creation and executive talent. That place went from 8 staff members and
483 dollars a week, no students, one auditor, one preclear
to 30 staff members, 6,000 dollars a week, 5 auditors, 15 preclears. I
was told -you have done what the Hubbards wanted, that is over, now get
out.' On three different occasions I have been telephoned about
somebody being beaten up in a basement, and my only comment has been
if you are stupid enough to go into one of those places you deserve it.
It
did not matter whether I was on TV interview shows, talking to heads of
states (that is Presidents of the United States, Queen of England, Royal
Family of Japan, Defense minister of Israel etc.), people in the U.S;
U.S. Senators, Scientists, radio talk shows, Investment counsel for 634
Billion dollars in trusts, heirs, the IRS, Bankers, Corporation
Presidents, they each and everyone brought it up...'What's this I hear
about you being involved in some weird church?...' and like a worn out
record I told them all, -the religion was the greatest thing ever
discovered, but the group had gone astray with bad management and I felt
the same remorse that I am sure Hubbard feels that the madness of bad
management can't seem
to be stopped in that church or the American Business community'. All that
occurred between 1970-75. Then things got rougher.
Things got a lot rougher. I left all arenas, and ran away to a private
practice. It looked like murders would be next, and I wanted no part of
it. I could smell that coming. Oil company presidents were paying lawyers
$750,000 -to figure that goddamn religion out'. Top executives in Steel
Firms calling me in the middle of the night alluding that someone is going
to have to die to make it known the church takes care of its own, long
distance phone calls from Greece where some guy says -They want a million
dollars before I can leave, are these people nutty enough to blow me away,
its heavy but do not emotionally observe what is happening to people, for
that alone will break the greatest of men in half, and people
just might need you later....I am going to die in a few months, so it will
be a few decades before we talk again, Yes?' And he did, and I reflected
upon the fatalism of the 4 wisemen and found I had been talking with myself,
but rightfully so. And four years later one of them calls me and says -I
have disturbing news, there is a big move coming down on
Hubbard and his church, what is your pleasure in this matter, if you
have one?' And I said -Why do you offer this service?' He says -Relief
from boredom, I love a good game'. So I said, -Those setting up the burn
on the man and the church, burn them.' -Sounds good, but why, Geoff?' I
replied, -Personal courtesy, honor, and amusement on my part, it is my
preference that he live and die in peace.' The next year, another phone
call, and by then, at last my guts were acid with all this, and I said I
have no pleasure, I will not longer interfere, the government's agents can
have him, and do not call me ever again on these matters. The old man did
not, he just congratulated me on finally growing up, giving up that ghost,
and died. So, at last it was over, the involvement with a thing that you
could only contribute to. But it may not be over for your preclear so let us
detail the monster, so you will not be thrown off guard in running out the
charge on someone who knew churches of Scientology.
284

Before we do that I want to clear up a personal area once and for all. I am
not boasting, bragging, promoting or making more of myself, or my
accomplishments in any sentence in this book, or in any aspect of my life.
My only areas of excellence have been as an auditor, and as an author
(putting together financial packages for large transactions). My executive,
banking, clerical, managerial, supervisory, sales activities have only been
80% of what they should have been. My activities with minerals, energy
patents, international trade, automation, and business consulting have
only been 50% of what they should have been. Fortunately, my activities
with real estate have been satisfactory, and in accordance with my
expectations. Real estate is probably what people who are too dumb to do
anything else turn to, and it is not their personal fault if others make
them wealthy from it. Aside from these areas, I am essentially a
political
failure. I was shoved out of the last two jobs I held due to office
politics, and my personal -dignity' which I was told I had no right to,
since I was -corporate property'. When you hold position, you are not fired,
you are interviewed on how big your severance check should be for eternal
silence and the wording of your regretful resignation for personal
reasons you will be submitting at 10AM tomorrow. I had 3 good years in
that level
of social life, invested all that money wisely, and have been walking to
the drum of my own economics since. How one invests one's funds is far
more important than one's earnings. But aside from any personal or
economic success, I have remained by choice a political and social
failure.
I have just not devoted the time to doing those games up right, as they
seemed minor ambitions I could always return to, and buy if need be. The
game that this book is about seemed of higher order, and practically
consumed me, but I won it and it is over, thus, the book. I am not a
wealthy man, but I have served as counsel and advisor to scores of them
for decades. The majority of them have never paid me with anything but
protection., and that has been pleasure enough. That has mostly
evaporated over the years, and I have disappeared into that great
wasteland of invisibility, the middle class and its lifestyle. I do not exist
as a public person of consequence. As the Executive Director of the
Washington D.C. Church put it -We have checked you out, and you are a
nobody now, you are nothing but history.' I like that kind of talk, for
privacy is the cost of freedom these days. I hope I have not bored you
with this self evaluation, but you do me a courtesy in reading my book,
and it would be unfair if you did not know my style and heart. Now that
you know it, you can judge for yourself if I have colored truth in any way. I
suppose everyone has a song to sing, and now you have heard mine. Let us
resume with this Church:
The church as become a giant administratively. 95% of the people are
involved in administrative activities, and less than 5% re involved in
religious-experience-type of work, such as counseling. It has all the
faults of General Motors, and you might enjoy -On a clear day you can see
General Motors' if you do not know their faults or why American Industry
and Corporate America are doomed to extinction in the next 12 years. It
is an excellent book about De Lorean's career with the firm, and what
the Corporation is really like.
Instead of the church numbering millions of adherents, its faithful
followers could in no way ever have exceeded 200,000. I will tell you
why. In 1978, it was published by worldwide that he had made about $2
million on book sales-in the previous year, and the new books that were
out totaled about a thousand a set, so simple mathematics would give you
285

about 200,000 true believers, willing to buy his new books. Only about
half of the book buyers are church believers, so the religion at its peaks
has had a market penetration of 100,000 people.
It lost a very significant amount of money (millions) in the 1959-63
period, and made a whole pile of money in the 72-76 period (millions).
Then, in the mid '70s, a religious retreat, which I believe is quite a
retreat, was set up down in Florida. It was called -The Flag Land Base',
and installed in the old Fort Harrison Hotel in Clearwater, and Hubbard
spent some time there. I believe it was late '76 he got so furious over
the poor quality of technical application that in a rage he stomped out,
and segregated himself from the church. He remains to this day segregated
LEGALLY from that Church. To even be a member of the church you have
to sign a statement acknowledging that he is in no way affiliated or
legally connected to the church. There is a sanction agreement between him
and the church. This is a lawyers dream and bonanza, and in some years
counsel has charged them over $31 million. The copyrights for the tapes are
separate from the bulletins, which are separate from the Scientology,
Dianetic copyrights, which are separate from the trademarks of the two,
which are separate from the personal copyrights, which are separate
from the Churches individual Copyrights, and each church is set up
autonomously legally. Yet, with all of that division, the essential bulk of
the copyrights are held in trust by him in Europe in a one-party trust,
where he is trustor and trustee. Thus, legally, he is not the owner of the
copyrights, nor are any of the churches. All this can be very frustrating
to the tax people.
his remark in the opening page of the -Tech Volumes' that -the work
was free and tell your children to tell their children to keep it so' I
would like to accept as a valid statement, and in stating it I honor the
best in the man, and not the worst.
So this fellow is legally and personally segregated from the church. He
doesn't want the legal liability, the personal liability, or the factual
liability. It appears he does not like it either, but does not have the
guts or wherewithal to shut them down.
The quantity of members and the actual activities of the church severely
declined from the mid 70s to present.
They bought alot of real estate, and have a fair amount of money. They
have been deferring three Internal Revenue Cases (59-61 which they
cannot win, 62-65 which they can easily win, and 65-67 which their
counsel and government counsel think the church would win on) all
these years, and had use of the funds all this time. They have maintained
high liquidity, went heavily into gold at the bottom of the trough in the
early 70s and got a good ten times increase in their investments. So,
they have 500 or 700 million dollars lying around some place, it is
rather a
moot issue. That is only alot of money to those that steal it. It is not alot
of money to those that earn it. Their money is an irrelevant issue except to
them. To them it is terribly important, and they base most of their
decisions on money. The reason it is irrelevant, the money, is that the
church itself is irrelevant, because that is what it cares about. It does
not care about helping people. If anyone in the church was interested in
helping people, which is a subject the church holds to be -a moot question',
they could start by taking people off drugs. Drugs are the
286

largest industry in America, with traffic exceeding $60 Billion/year
which far exceeds the largest Corporate Sales/year (Exxon). Then the
church would have billions. But they, the people of the church, cannot
comprehend helping another, providing a service, or doing a job. They can
comprehend deception, bait and switch, coercion, slander,
blackmail, abuse, and theft. This money matter of the church is truly an
irrelevancy, over amplified by the press in society and the church. The
church could very easily refund every dime ever paid into it, and clear
up
all bitterness against it and still have 75% of it still sitting there in
banks that are going to fold. People are as wealthy as their assets are
unrestricted, and they are willing to spend. People that cannot afford real
auditing, the propriety of giving a questionable-but-all-we've-got
government its due, their phone bills, the claims of those they have
abused, or even a plane flight to their own son's funeral, are, without
question or discussion, the poorest people on planet earth.
So that is the darling church, and its darling creators.
287

The owners of Scientology and Dianetics
Truth belongs to all people. Address of truth as a free religious
experience is a fundamental principle this country was founded upon. The
U.S. Constitution guarantees the right to religious experience,
religious assembly, and makes it unlawful to refuse or deny religious
experience. Pursuing the question of who actually owns and runs the
above seems to be an inconclusive and impossible task for two reasons:
(1) truth is apparently owned by everyone, and (2) whoever controls the
above organizations has done such a fine job at secrecy that my
research, the research of the CIA, and the research of the Massacre of
Tel Aviv has proved most inconclusive. I am convinced that no one really
knows, and
that the control of the churches traces to no single one outside
influence, but instead to many outside influence groups who do not look
upon it kindly.
In trying to sort out the affairs of power in the outside
world one finds that the upper class, and various power groups use
treachery, savagery, deception in such quantity as to insulate themselves
from investigation, disturbance, and intrusion! This seems to be
relatively, if not completely, workable for them. This places any outsider
at tremendous disadvantage, for you do not know when you are being -set-
up', being -shown a dog and horsey show', being -sent on a wild goose
chase', being -Sent down a blind alley', being -set up for a fall',
being -set with bait to make yourself a fool of', or whatever. You have no
choice but to suspect all incoming communications as -frames for self
destruction', if you are going to be scientific at all. You cannot shoot
from the hip, for with one error you are out. Without question this state of
affairs contributed heavily to my abandonment of resolving the condition
of man with ARC and my zeal in the development of technology to where
men and affairs could be directed from another universe above all of
their corrupt heads. I am going over this because it bears deeply on who
is actually running that church. The obvious legal owners of the Church
are the Hubbards, who by their performance and actions have left me
alone, which was my wish, and when pressured with millions of dollars to
cooperate with criticism of me on their Flagship in October of 1974, told
the millions of dollars to go to hell. I was surprised to hear that
Hubbard said of me -He and I do not like each other as people, but he has
always respected my work, and I have always respected his work and
judgment without question...You have just attacked the finest
Scientologist and man that you will ever meet, and probably the only
friend I ever had. Because of this you have a very very long road and I
wish you much luck on it, for you and I will not be talking again.' So,
Hubbard laid this $100 million dollar dude out on the carpet in defense of
me. They, the Hubbards, may legally own that church, but they do not
control it, for there is too much evidence to the contrary. The difficulty
with the wealthy fellow was engineered within his church by its senior
officers who got along fine with this Machiavellian Industrialist. The
Wealthy fellow exerted all the influence he could to prevent my future
business successes for over a year, and dared me to execute on my threat
that he call off his dogs or I would break him in half. I delivered on the
dare, and broke his empire one year later. So two financial empires
destroyed each other, at the design of manipulative people in a church.
Marvelous. Hubbard watched, but would not lift a finger. Disgrace was
multiplying daily. The 6 months I had given to Hubbard to clear up an
issue had elapsed. I sought counsel in 288

an old-time Scientologist of much wisdom. He said, call AOLA, and get
permission to drop the body (kill) the leader by postulate of this
conspiracy. I did, and got permission. I informed the leader, and target,
and he wanted to see his family. He died visiting with them. I was
congratulated throughout the East coast Financial Establishment that -my
church did take care of its own and got the sonofabitches out of power and
into the graves they deserved' and my friends said let it be over, your
name and dignity and power are restored. And I told Hubbard that he and
his filth in his church had made me a murderer, and that would be with
me for all eternity's, and that I would find who had arranged this -set
up' and they would know suffering beyond measure. The only way you could
get communication to Hubbard was in pc folders sent to him. About ten
years ago, he stopped reading and receiving any and all mail. There are a
bunch of secretaries that answer all of his mail. This was explained to
me
by a fellow who ran the typing pool. So, at this point I said good-bye to
all earthly powers, and Hubbard knew -the only bastard that could read an E-
Meter', -the only one ever to audit any process he wants on any
preclear including those above his certificate level, this right never
again to be granted to anyone but Geoffrey', was not only no longer in
love, but that I knew he did not have the wherewithal and could not
discharge officers in his own church. I have not heard from him since, nor
have I said anything to him since. People have arrived offering gifts of Ls
and things, and I have told them to go away, for I do not know who sent
them. So by the mid seventies I am into hiding, on top of the hottest
scandal of the century, that Hubbard can't, not won't, do anything about
his church,
refusing any and all help, out of suspicion. I was being offered jobs at
51.4 million a year salary. Something had to be up. I took a job at less
than $20,000 with people I could trust. I called in every personal and
corporate -IOU' I had and demanded information at massive cost. I was
obsessed with madness at the horror of it, for it was too unbelievable:
SOMEONE ELSE HAD COMPLETE CONTROL OF THE CHURCH OF
SCIENTOLOGY OTHER THAN THE HUBBARDS, AND WERE
DELIBERATELY MAKING IT AND ITS FAVORITES A DISGRACE. I was
offered certified funds of $500,000 for my participation in a
transaction involving uranium shipments to India from Canada, and I said
no, I need information on the control of this church. I need to know
what drugs, for how long are in Hubbards body, who is calling the shots
on that church and who set me up in 1974. And I got the information I
bought, and my heart was at peace for at last I knew who, and the answer
was internal
conspiracy, funded by a number of exterior displeased vested interests.
Finally direct contact emerged, and I announced -You bastards have done
such a good job ruining this gig, I fold, it is yours, you can have it
all.' They were -so glad I understood', and the gun was removed from my
temple. And I said in my heart, thank you so much L. Ron Hubbard, for now
if I ever talk I and my family are dead in minutes. Since these events in
the middle 70s, any contact with propriety has been a joke, and most
information I have jeeringly rejected. When the IRS showed me private
memoranda of 1000 affidavits drawn from people who had received
Scientology Services, I did not know whether to believe them or not. 17
said they had received wonderful religious service, and 983 felt they had
been ripped off by a con-game. The memoranda continues that the
writings of L. Ron Hubbard are not only religious in nature, BUT
PROBABLY THE MOST RELIGIOUS WRITINGS THAT HAVE EVER BEEN
EXAMINED. The memo continues that the church is a con-game, but that
exact and ethical application of Scientology is presently going on by
ten individuals, dossiers on the ten people are attached, with yours
truly 289

included. Then my entire personal life, including every woman I ever
slept with, love letters, is read to me aloud. Then all the closely held
secrets that only people at the top of that church (less than 1/2 a
dozen) are read aloud. Then they just look at me and smile. I said what
is the point, and you are not the IRS. This is not normal IRS audit
procedure. I thought at that moment what hypocrisy America has in
criticizing the Nazis, and Will Durant was right that there would be no
recognizable difference between America and Russia by the turn of this
Century. We proceeded to have a real nice chat. They suggested I retain
counsel, as they had counsel, sitting right next to them, I insisted they
remove their
counsel, talk openly and put it on tape. they agreed. It is always a bad
sign when there is counsel on the other side. I recalled seeing the director
of Mental Health in Virginia and he had the Asst. Attorney General sitting
right there as I walked in, and I said -Oh God, get him out of here, lets
just put it on tape, both of us talk real slow and choose our words and we
will both come out of this just fine', and of course the man left the room,
and I got the apology due. In that little instance of public service I was
instrumental in improving conditions in the field of geriatrics in Virginia,
and this got pick-up by the wire services and papers, and I brought
peace, and the Church would not allow such progress for the sake of
Humanity, so they went against the deal that was struck, and the highest
officials in State Government said what good is your word now, and I
gave them the guarantee I had made, and delivered to the Governor's
office my RESIGNATION FROM THE FOUNDING CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY in
1975, and my word was good once again, and a hundred years progress
somehow just happened to pass the legislature that year, and it cost me
the halls and podium I had loved too well.
As I was relating, the IRS folks and I had a lovely chat. As we talked
my mind went from 500 words to 3000 a minute, and then 10,000. I was
somewhat surprised that the most closely held secrets of the church
happened to be public knowledge within the upper levels of US
Government. I recalled how people working in the Guardian's Office and
Hubbard's personal confidant (in Southern California) who advised him on
the handling of government affairs were on government payrolls. I
recalled the people that knew getting different passports and getting
out
of the country. And when that instant of recollection was over, it began.
It was explained to me that the government and the church were not
getting along too well, and neither the church nor the government liked
me at all, but it was mostly the church which was irate at my existence,
for what reason they did not know. They then showed me the false
information put in my file, the address on the informant, and showed me
how the church was setting me up for alot of hell. I said so what, and
they said you should know that they are after you, we have a file on it,
here it is. I almost could see the flag and hear the star-spangled banner
at that point, but I knew better. They said we need for you to take a
stand. I said
I cannot and will not for I have no legs. I have no legs as a gun was held
to my head once. -Oh, I see' was the response. Then live communication
started: -That was not us, that was not the US, you know that...' Well,
yes I know that, I said. -We know about it, it was an error, there will be
no executions, those people are out of power, you can do what you want
now,
all the heat is off you, they all fell to misfortune you know...; I said
well, thanks for all the news, but they wanted a statement. I gave them one:
I made it clear to the government that if I was put on the stand by them I
would uncontrollably talk about the government; and if I was put on the
290

stand by the church I would talk uncontrollably about the church. I had
no interest in becoming virtually involved in this war between 2 groups. I
preferred that the government get back to that business, and the church
get back to its business, whatever that was. That was accepted, we
audited 2 years of my returns, I said send me a bill, they did, and I
have paid my taxes dutifully and quite religiously ever since.
Subsequent to those meetings I was told an article was run on the front
page of the Washington Post regarding the audit of field Scientologists,
and field auditors. I had made a call to the person who had enough
control over the paper to keep my name off the front page. He was in
Europe at the time and agreed. I never went back to read the article. I
have had no trouble with the US Government since. I packed my bags,
sold my house took one last look at Washington D.C. which had been my
home for 12 years, and murmured as I drove away, F--- this town, this
largest small town in America, and I never went back.
Whatever minor bitterness the US Government had toward me did not
matter, I did not know what endeavor had upset them. Was it the fiscal
crises in the early seventies where the Swiss backed the Yen Vs the
dollar from the man I recommended to Treasury who got $1600/hour
from the Japanese instead of the $1000/hour offered from the treasury?
Was it the sell signal in May of 69 on the Big Board to pull 55 Billion
in European Funds off the NYSE in a week? Was it the portfolio models for
634 Billion from South America, with America being essentially omitted as
a -good investment'? Was it the application for 30 years of Pertimana's
sweet light crude at $11/barrel? Was it the reduction in the bribe to the
fed for these 660,004 barrels? Were the Warburgs pissed that the
Indonesian Government didn't want to play? Was it EPA not wanting
those 400 Coal mines coming on line and all the brick factories East of
Chicago switching from Oil? Was it Congress being miffed that India got
its Uranium anyway from Canada? was it the sale of all the good
Geothermal sites in California to the Japanese? Was it the control of
the exotic energy patents? Was it the CED Energy Studies? I did not
know. I did not know. It might be something trivial like recommending to
an
Illinois bank a multimillion dollar loan, which went belly-up, or my
refusal to build 500 homes in Greensboro with city council getting 50% of
the profit. Somebody out there in the establishment did not like me at all.
So
I quit it all. People would call and say what is the market going to do,
I've got to get rid of 400 million this week, and I would say, ---- You, I
don't exist anymore', and they would beg that I do know the markets and
please get a 200% return investment into their hands and I would just
hang up the phone, and word got around. I am not bothered anymore, by
the business world, ever. I knew I was dead in the water in the business
world when I could no longer get any loans. I could not borrow a million
dollars on 9 million in equity, and I could not borrow $10,000 with
300,000 in collateral, anywhere in America, and I tried at over 2 dozen
banks. All this was behind me as I drove out of Washington D.C. life was
simple, I did not have a whole lot of enemies any more, for they had all
won. I only had one, whoever controlled that nutty Church, and I knew I
could win over that. No one else had, but a dog could. To win over that
did not require intelligence. It only required guts and endurance. I
became a full time consultant, full of guts and endurance, no longer a
seer to the fortunes of the world, no longer an executive, no longer an
advisor to power, no longer a deal man, no longer a SOCIAL INFLUENCE. I
291

headed for the Alaska of the mind, and started working on the West
coast; I was very much 35 years old.
I was lucky to be alive. I thought of my graduating class, over half of which
died in Vietnam, and my fathers Graduating Class over half of which died
in Europe. I had my life still, and six digits of dough left. I would win
over improper technology and a rotten church by perfecting the technology. I
got the Rocky Mountains agreeing to that as I drove. Proper technology would
drive out improper technology, and that singleness of purpose was
refreshing. The world had not wanted my help, so if it went to hell in the
meantime it could just do that. I was tired of taking care of it. Let it
die. Develop the perfect bridge. So, I went into seclusion to do so, and did
the best I could. I remembered the eyes of the ex-CIA agent at the Kennedy
assassination in the chapel at fort Polk, Louisiana as he told me -There are
only 2 of us left, they are sending me to Nam to do it to me there, you are
a minister, what can you say to all this' as he cried, and there was nothing
I could say, he had enough insurance, and I was glad I never did
go see his wife and children as I had promised. I was glad no one in my
family and less than 10,000 people in America knew what was going on in
America. I was glad my mother went to her grave without ever
knowing. It is best that people not find out -that anyone is expendable
if more than -250 million are involved'. I thought of my close friend who
had a 24 hour contract out on his life from the second man down on the
NYSE, and how the President of the NYSE canceled it and scolded his
second in-command. I thought of him agonizing in bodily pain, after 30
trips to the hospital, saying help me, help me, and my having to give it
to him straight that we are all dead already, it was just a matter of
time. I was every bit 35 years old, and the only answer was an unstoppable
technology, that would produce real OTs that would burn every drop of
this evil off of this planet in instants. Thus the prior confusion leading
to the move toward perfect technology. And those with vested interests in
the continuance of fraudulent technology heard of it sooner than I expected.
I felt scientifically German, and thought perhaps it is all genetic, the
mixing of the blood of William and Lee, and dismissed the idea. The church
itself brought every possible degree of pressure on me
and everyone I was connected with for a 3-4 year period to stop me from
auditing. Which, of course, I survived with flying colors. It would be a
discourtesy to detail what extent these -people' went to in order to
dissuade me from my natural inclination, which is assisting my fellow
man. Suffice it to say those folks will stop at nothing to achieve their
particular ends. Those ends are not constructive, have nothing to do
with the religion, philosophy, or technology of Scientology. Turning
something nice into a mockery seems to be their pursuit, and profession.
Back in the 76-77 period Hubbard became aware that his church was taken
away from him. He called for volunteers to get it back into his hands,
and he had none. They all feared bodily demise, which shocked him. He
had on his desk evidence of internal mutiny containing 75 signatures,
whereupon senior executives of the church had concluded that he was
crazy, and that it was in the best interest of mankind that they control
his church. To my knowledge nothing was ever done about this conspiracy.
There was a group of old-time Scientologists who mistakenly spent $2
million making arrangements with the Supreme Court, a top Evening
news Anchorman and shot color video tape, to where the church could be
292

shut down in 24 hours if they saw fit. This contained affidavits and film
of heroin shipments. They wanted to exercise this option in 1976, and
asked for my blessing. I was outraged, and threatened them if they made
that move. I made it very clear that the present -check' situation (a
chess term) between the government and the church had taken years of
careful planning and development, and I did not want to live in a 1984
totalitarian state or a world dominated by a crazy church...That these
2 groups deserved each other, and served the ends of mankind in having
their horns locked. I never heard from them again, and so they didn't
make the move, and it is amazing that something like that can happen,
and that the courts and press are available at such economical rates,
these days.
Normally when there is trouble in a group, there is an outside
influence
causing the difficulty. The philosophy of divide and conquer is used
quite a bit in this world, especially where great power exists.
Scientology has been (wrongly) conceived as a great threat towards
certain nation-states. Not too many other groups consider it a threat.
Essentially one country, not the US, is using a lot of intelligence and
spending a lot of money to make sure that the religion, technology, and
philosophy do not work. Further, that the group appears to be a bunch of
bumbling fools in a
cultist, childish worship of a senile individual. This characterization
could only come from one nation on earth, and if you would check the former
religion of over 90% of the executives, you have got it. The church of
Scientology is not all that they have under wraps. Most progress in
humanistic thought they buy up and aberrate.
It is unfortunate that the slaughter of this particular theta-line of
beings, the Scientologists continues under the guise of a -research line'
and that the enforced ego worship designed by outsiders is used to drive
anyone of any talent, substance, depth, capability, or education from the
doors of that group. I would like to make it crystal clear that alot of good
people (in excess of 50,000),casting aside personal fortune, dedicated the
entirety of their lives, hearts, and intelligence towards making that church
exist so that there would be service there to their fellow man. It is a well-
hidden secret and tragedy that all of their work has come to naught in that
the church has been overrun with outside interests. Such interests maintain
the administrative beauracracy of personality-based elation, instead of the
legitimate exercise wherein people become clear
and OT. I have watched the spirit of that group wither and disappear over
the last 5 years, as this fraud is perpetuated.
It is not my preference here to resurrect or revive any memory or hope
of a real church. It is my purpose here to remind you that this is the
same planet where less than 2000 years ago someone that was very nice, the
pick of the litter, had nails driven through his flesh.
That is the normal animalistic response towards spirituality. In modern
times the 38 Caliber is rarely used. In modern times instead of nails or
the 38, they use modern psychology, appeals to vanity, transferring
frustration, the denial of adult rights, encouragement of childhood
behavior, and cleverly-marketed roles that are structured so that
inspection, creativity, responsibility and live interchange are impossible.
In a sense, Hubbard invited all this in. His Achilles heel for 40 years has
been psychology. He complains of it and psychiatry throughout his works, 293

and in having a closed mind on these subjects he never bothered to study the
techniques of them. Thus Freshman college psychology was used
against he and his following and they have all fallen for it, hook, line,
and sinker. I do not think any of them are CAPABLE of getting up off of the
floor of this con. This is a. dramatic proof of a very great truth: THE MOST
EXPENSIVE THING THAT A PERSON CAN HAVE IS A CLOSED
MIND.
So you should not advertise to your fellow man that you want to get
crucified, and keeping a low profile is wisdom in these matters. Spiritual
progress is strongly opposed on this ball of dust. There is no point in
being paranoid about this, and if you are, you can put that area to rest
relatively easily. You just get damaging information on your enemies and set
it up in safety deposit boxes in other countries under other names, with a
trustee who will release the information if harm were to befall you, and
then explain this to your enemies. If you still cannot sleep nights, there
is no law against you having loaded semi-automatic weapons in your home. If
these matters bother you further, then you probably have some
case in these matters, to get audited off.
You should not get the subject of individual improvement and religious
experience confused with the social activity of large groups grinding up
against each other. It is not worth your time. The groups come and go.
The individuals don't. There have been many groups and civilizations,
and there will be many more of them, but a decent individual is a
relatively permanent thing. Look at me. I keep popping up. Decent
individuals are
the fixtures of culture. A decent individual will be here in 400 years,
this country may not. If you stick to the subject of helping people and
yourself,
and avoid these dramatic traps of crazy people affecting crazy people (and
that is what those groups are there for, as fly-paper for nuts), then you
yourself will become free. If you are a strong believer in taking
multitudes with you (which is ludicrous), perhaps you should read Eric
Hoffer's book -The True Believer'. It was no accident of history that
Hoffer and I lunched before I went to Saint Hill Manor, and if that does
not bring you to your senses, then Larry Browne's -How I found Freedom in
an Unfree World' might. If neither do, good luck, big dreamer.
I trust my personal experiences will shed some light on the -Owners',
and I have done well in being alive to discuss it. Dozens of other senior
staff members that have left the group have come up with the identical
conclusion. I said at the opening of the chapter that I was convinced
that there was more than one group, and I remain so to this day, even
though one group is obvious. That peasantry gets obliterated by the whims
of nobility is as old as history itself, and as I have picked cotton and
run large companies in one lifetime I have seen it from both sides. There
is little answer I know to this phenomenon other than my own answer:
EXTRACTION. I got out of both.
little did I know at the time, that the church had accomplished its
mission, for I know longer believed in myself, did not realize that what
was wrong with me was I was being -35 years old', did not suspect that I
had made a 'self determined change' from the 'prior confusion'. I did not
suspect that it was my inability to handle treachery that I could not
confront, and I mistakenly assumed it was the treachery that bothered me.
Years later this unscrambled and I acknowledged I was a failure at
handling treachery and viciousness at the two extremes of the social
294

ladder, and the hiding in the middle class evaporated. Years later, I
realized perfect technology will only help those that want it, and no one
else. Years later, I laughed at my misadventures in playing with only
billions in a world worth $100 Trillion.
295

SOFT LANDINGS
Other Technologies
There are other technologies that are useful. Specifically, let us first
take up -Transactional Analysis'. It has enjoyed a rather wide usage in
American Business. In that it is 100% correct, I recommend a reading of
- Scripts People Live ', by claude M. Steiner, Bantam Book, October 1975,
#B6403 in paperback, originally published by Grove Press, Inc., 53 East
11th Street, New York, N.Y. 10003. This is critical information on the
handling of people, and the understanding of their behavior. I had
summarized this book in my first draft, but I think you would be better
off reading the whole thing.
Fred Hertzberg's - The Nature of Man ' is an excellent example of the
technology of motivation, and a good introduction to rational Industrial
Psychology.
Theory X and Theory Y Management texts are excellent reading in the
technologies of treating peole like slaves or like people, and illustrate
the increase in performance from the latter.
Health food books are informative, such as - Rapid Healing Foods ' by Ben
Davis, and -T he Science and Practice of Iridology ' by Bernhard Jensen.
The Tibetan book of the Dead is a technology of its own, as is A Week on
the Concord and Merrimack Rivers by Thoreau.
Aldous Huxley's The Perennial Philosophy is a summary of a very
fundamental technology; for I trust you will recall that all technology is
the result of science and all science is the result of philosophy.
296

Wisdom's Usual Final Hour
Wisdom's usual final hour has been going on for a long time, and will
be going on for a long time. One can proceed with becoming more wise,
or one can withdraw from it. The problem is always great enough, and is
not going to be going anyplace, nor is your relation to wisdom be going
anyplace. Progress can only be covered up, it cannot be fully erased.
Wisdom has had to go on, regardless of what was going on at the time in
society. Since we are dealing with a functionally illiterate society,
wisdom has essentially operated as an activity in secret, hidden, and
slandered quarters, and will probably remain so for a long time. Carl Sagan
was correct in observing -People are quite willing to accept the products
of science, but not its method.'
Respectability and propriety generally have little to do with wisdom.
Peoples' acceptance of it has nothing to do with wisdom; but their
rejection of it may, for if you are really onto something good they will
object like mad. People are equality and companionship addicts. The
whole question of climbing out of suffering humanity towards a better
existence is generally considered impossible, and is ridiculed. If you
are in the business of helping others do it, you will be ridiculed and
persecuted, by those that do not have wisdom going. They have
something else going, and I will take that up in the next chapter.
297

The Death Business
At various points in history, the business of living becomes more
important than the death business. At other points, the death
business becomes more important than the business of living. For
example, the middle and dark ages were extreme instances of death
businesses -outperforming' life businesses.
Drugs, which are a socially-acceptable method of killing oneself slowly,
is the largest cash flow business in the U.S. There are so many types of
death being sold, that I couldn't even begin to list them here. Death, as
a sugar-coated, high demand commodity, is being bought and sold in
gradient quantities, at a very predictable rate.
If a person no longer wants to subscribe to the social, subtle, or obvious
death businesses, then one just does that. There is no special how or why
in doing it. You simply stop subscribing to it. In doing so, you will
probably have to replace it with the business of living.
The whole money-trap of economic slavery generally lines up along the side
of the death business. Money itself is very rarely a problem, only the
lack of it is. This is, obviously, not very well known, for people are
constantly chasing after money instead of resolving the lack of it. They
can spend a whole lifetime in this futile pastime. It is not really a game.
A pastime is a substitute for a game.
298

Drugs: Cause, Effect, and Cure
At the time that a person receives a devastating impact, shock, or
engram, when they are having negative thoughts and emotions, these
negative thoughts and emotions get stuck on the individual. Thus people
get evil purposes stuck on them. Until the evil purposes are erased in
auditing, they will manifest themselves. To get relief from the purposes
being there, the person will execute the purposes on themselves and
their associates.
Drugs are a socially-acceptable method of killing oneself and a socially
accepted method of turning off sensation. Society has scripted people
with this method of handling things within one that are undesirable. The
frustration level in society is high, and when people are taught that the
solution to this is to take drugs, then you have a drug society, which we
already have in the U.S., Europe, and the communist countries.
If someone is walking around drugged all the time, they can't get much
done. living, finding truths (as-isness), cognition's, growth, and life
purposes are peculiarly absent on such an individual. I have read that
80% of the American population is in such a state, so I am not surprised
to read that 80% of that population is addicted to one form of drug or
another.
The cure for this is to get all those chemicals out of the body, on a
body level. There are dozens of -Health' books that give cleansing diets.
This should be followed with a mild education on drugs, and then do a
Drug Rundown. There is no other permanent cure.
299

Iconoclasm and Illiteracy's Final Reward
There are people who delve into a whole number of things, and have rooms
and rooms full of books. They do so due to their fundamental
illiteracy. Such people are drowning in data but starved for
information. They take in vast quantities of information, and do not
understand any of it. They have actually accomplished nothing more than
a pastime called thinking. This is the worst form of iconoclasm.
The best form of iconoclasm is evidenced by the person taking the best
from everything that has been read, learned, or experienced and using
that combination to grow further in life.
Every individual that you meet, in any situation, has some degree of
truth to exchange with you. If you would recognize that, then everything
that you would do would be progress. This is not a rationalization, or -
cute
logic'. Even sorrow itself serves the function of never leaving us where
it found us, to paraphrase Mary Baker Eddy.
Two close friends 5 years ago would go into fits of laughter over the
possibility of -someone ever figuring this technology out', and it doth
appear their humor has affected us quite a bit. They wagered whether the
Senior Technology individual had a thetan ( was a spirit) or was just a
robotic mind. So they confessed this wager to the individual in question,
who without emotion stated -That does not compute'. He who had
walked the soil for 10 years handed $5 to the younger and wiser friend.
Love of truth can blind one to the facts. This happened at Flag amongst
the 3 highest technical people there.
300

Spiritual Obligations
Some people feel compelled to assist other people spiritually. This type
of person is rather rare in society, because that urge is usually the
result of the individual having a very high state of awareness. Such people
have risen above the awareness of self-determinism (where one takes
responsibility for one side of a game) to the higher awareness of pan
determinism (where one takes responsibility for both sides of a game). Thus
in their desire to assist themselves, they include assisting others for, to
them, others are an element of self.
Normally, a person who is quite a -winner' (they win at any game that is
presented to them) will evolve up to pan determinism where they are
determining all sides of the game.
In doing so, all feelings of obligation discharge, and convert eventually
into spiritual freedom, as long as the games are played by the rules of
the next universe out in lieu of the rules of this physical universe. In
this universe you have winners and losers in games. In the next universe
out, one has a spiritual obligation to play games only where/when everyone
wins. One can play games in this physical universe by either set of rules.
If you play games where there are losers, you will stay a citizen of this
physical universe, on this time track, and remain in this universe to that
degree. If you play games where everyone wins and no one is harmed, you will
be a citizen of the next universe out, and will be a master of this
universe, because you will no longer live in this apparency of reality.
This is by degree also. Thus one can live in reality on the upper dynamics,
or
in filth it is a volitional matter of how much or little that one thinks of
his fellows in deed, that determines where and what you and your life are.
301

Christian Science, Above their Heads
About 120 years ago, a body of data that is called -Christian Science' was
popularized by Mary Baker Eddy. A number of years earlier an obscure
man in New England, Phineas P. Quimby, had written the fundamentals of
this data up. She popularized and published it. I am quite sure that -
Scientology' was written up a long time ago by a number of obscure
individuals. Much of the popularized and published version of -
Scientology' by Hubbard, in respect to science, epistemology, the nature
of knowledge, etc., is from a fellow named Korzybski. There was a German
book entitled -Scientology' which is philosophical in nature, and of
course was popularized and published by Hubbard. The German book
was published in 1923. I know of two people that after reading it, left
the
-Church of Scientology -out of disgust and bitterness, -that I. Ron
Hubbard would do such a thing'.
Regardless of the origins of information (which is a senseless pursuit
100% of the time), the body of knowledge known as Christian Science is
over 90% correct, but it is of such a high reality level that most people
are not up to using it. Most people are not well-founded enough in truth
to digest or apply this technology. However, it is good for resolving
problems of the spirit. Scientology and Dianetics are good for resolving
problems of the body, mind, and spirit. Christian Science details alot of
information on the 8th Dynamic, and the Reality beyond the apparency of
reality that most people believe. Its workability is limited by and to
the degree that the person is involved with the apparency of reality. So,
Christian Science is a technology that is above everyone's head. Yet it
is something that a person can grow toward and up to.
It is an irony that the writing of Mrs. Eddy is somewhat impure. This
traditional transcendental philosophy, which is very Eastern and Tibetan
in nature, is somewhat stylized by Mrs. Eddy with the slant that only New
England could give to metaphysics. However, she does cover the
fundamentals of spiritual existence rather thoroughly, and the
fundamentals of physical existence scantily. Her use of the language is
so extensive, that only Shakespeare exceeded her range.
If you want to do something about the mind, or the apparency, you should
know your Scientology. Its a straighter shot to the heart of the matter.
Going to a -higher plane', to the soul of the matter, can often be a
longer route. Going around the world to go next door does work, but it is
most time consuming. Even with this obvious constraint, it should be noted
that Christian Science has some workability, through the statement and
recreation of absolute truth the lies, which gather their life from that
truth, unmock. This is evidenced by the Christian Scientists being one
of, if not the, highest per-capita income group on this planet.
It is interesting to note that the KGB of the USSR said in a report 25
years ago that there were two groups in the US that posed a threat to
Communism and Psychiatric techniques: Scientologists and Christian
Scientists. It said that people in either sect were a free people, that
could not be hypnotized, drugged, and implanted into acting as cruel
animals;
but that everyone outside of those groups could be and was. It forecast
that 99% of the population of the US, outside of these two groups, would
be surrendering to the Madison-Avenue techniques of modern medicine
302

and -new structure', and would submit to the new universal animalism
invented for them in good old Russia.
This was truly fun reading at age 12, for me. I contrasted the two groups
at that time with the observation that the Christian Scientists had
dignity and common sense; the Scientologists had technology and
philosophy. Neither had a synthesis embracing those four critical areas of
human endeavor, so I went back to the sixth grade as any child would.
Children lack tenacity. Tenacity is one of the few things that comes with
years.
In the past two decades, the number of Christian Scientists has dropped
in half. This is most probably due to a number of factors, but the
essential one I hold to be that the material is way above most people's
heads. When you give people information that is above their heads, it
shoots their havingness and it spins them. They then have difficulty with
it. This is because they can see, but cannot have it. Thus, the huge Sunday
feasts after church, throughout the midwest. That food is to repair the
shot havingness of hearing about -A Static, nothingness, A God' which they
falsely assume they cannot have and hug.
If a person is having problems with an apparency, it is very cruel to try
to use a Christian Science solution for it. One should use an apparency
solution within the manifestation of the apparency, and I have certainly
described what that is in the majority of the pages of this book.
In conclusion, if there is a problem with an apparency use the clean form
of Scientology in this book; if there is a problem with reality,
Christian Science is one of many workable ways of fixing that. If you do
not know the difference between the apparency of reality and reality, you
should read this book, and some other books, very, very well.
303

Tibet, the Dali Lama, and Tantric Buddhism
In this high-altitude realm, where over half of the people are physically
ill (thus out of their body), there is a cloistered religious tradition of
valid sacred lore. These people insist that the same being keeps taking
different meat bodies over and over, but it is the same fellow, and he
has understood the entirety of divine wisdom. He is known as the Dali
Lama, and is supposed to have a handle on truth so good, that nobody else
even comes close. That sort of talk makes one think that -who knows the
most' was once, if not is, something competitive. Such myth of -the
best' is a part of any rural scene, whether it be the best tractor, buick,
religion, or religious leader. I doubt if Christ, the Dali, Hubbard, or
anyone civilized would ever stoop to being competitive, due to the cost of
sacrificing self involved. Hubbard might, the pit into which he is digging
himself is probably more endless than his writings.
In Tibet, the wisdom of the western world, much more wisdom than the
west knows, the true history of this planet, -the history of higher
cultures, the science of higher awarenesses, and the secrets of
immortality have been stored for centuries. Mostly these are stored in
written volumes, such as the -Golden Scripts', some in coded form, and
some in personal memory. The head of this caretaker, gatekeeper, and
librarian activity is the Dali Lama. He is alive and well. I can assure you
of that. The man has no problems. He is a -problems release', the likes of
which you have not seen.
Tantric and Northern Buddhism have remained in Tibet in their original
form and concept, uncontaminated by Southern Buddhist and Christian
fanaticism. Southern Buddhist fanaticism started with Meteya and his
farmers who felt everybody deserved all the truth right away, and in
attempting that propagation lost all the truth by debasing it for
digestion. Meteya, whom Hubbard claims to be the reincarnation of, is
certainly repeating that performance. If Hubbard was not Meteya, he is
doing a real good job of imitating him, in selling the impossible dream of
-freedom from without the freedom to'. Christian fanaticism started with
the Council of Nicea about 323 AD, when a strong church was devised on tom-
foolery logic to centralize power, and enslave a population of free
thinking people on the verge of all becoming Christ's themselves. So, a
-Heaven forbid' fanatical religion was invented to prevent the biblical -
so are we all the sons of God' from coming true. Tibet, being so
geologically and philosophically remote and of a higher atmosphere,
remained uncontaminated by the scarecrow of Eden (Meteya's crowd) or the
scarecrow of Big Cheese (Nicean Council's demanding self-denial).
I simply want to state that these things about Tibet, the Dali Lama,
and Tantric Buddhism, are not only true, they are grossly understated.
There is a lesson in their recent experience. The wisest people in the
world were driven out of their monasteries by communists with machine
guns. Wisdom without power can provoke an unbalanced situation. What a
person needs is both wisdom and power, in proper balance. In the West,
we have power without wisdom: a world with 100,000 nuclear weapons
all set to go off not only provokes an unpleasant situation; it is a
situation unto itself. If a person were to have wisdom and power in balance,
they would be immune to provocation's and situations. This just might be the
304

one thing that nobody figured out. I can guarantee you that factor alone,
at the least, separates the men from the boys.
The game is not yet over between the Tibetans and the communists. It is
probably just beginning this decade. The Dali and his followers will break
that group and the countries operating under that philosophy in half. If
the free world doesn't survive either in this little project, what's to
matter. The library was disturbed, you see. That must never happen again.
The human race, which always reappears after nuclear holocaust, must be
safeguarded as much as possible, but the preservation of the library is the
foremost mission. It says so in the library. That is quite a mentality. One
could assume that these high-altitude boys play for keeps.
After the communist invasion, the majority of those wise men transferred
into other meat bodies. People of that order don't have to be reborn
into a child's body. They can take an adult body at will. They do adult
body changes knowingly. Lobsang Rampa has written a number of books on
this.
My point in bringing all this up, is to let you know it exists, and that
the majority of information available on this subject area is accurate.
It is relevant and logical that the fathers of previous high cultures would
store the seeds for the right time to give them to their sons for planting,
so that spring might come again for all surface dwellers.
305

Shakespeare, The Man As Tragedy
Shakespeare was recent-history's most dramatic -outsider'. Colin Wilson
defined an -outsider' as one who saw, felt, and knew much more deeply
than his fellows, and determined that 4% of the population was plagued
with being alive. Shakespeare said that only one in ten-thousand were in
such a state. 'Wilson counts better, but doesn't tell a story like
Shakespeare. Shakespeare did not end up living with the people that he
loved. A pregnancy forced him into a marriage that he did not care for.
The marriage forced him into farm management, which he did not care for.
He calculated a moderate escape from both by republicising (with
bitter British wit interjected along the way) Turkish, Eurasian, and
Arabic fireside stories as drama. The man became famous because he
understood tragedy so well, that he could convey it on a stage with ease.
He understood tragedy so well because that is what his life was to him. To
put it very simply, he did not do what he wanted to do; he did what others
wanted him to do. There is no more common tragedy in all of
men's streets, so he wrote most well about what he knew best. In -King
Lear' he wrote of the traps and urges that man is caught in: himself,
family, groups, species, the animals, the natural elements, spirits, and
divinity. These are the -dynamics'. Lear is bitter and outraged that this
is a trap he is sick of, and that man deserves better, and he yells it to a
storm and no one hears him. Shakespeare approached the fundamental
philosophical questionings in 'Macbeth' and 'Hamlet', surmised fact to be
stranger than fiction, and so forth. He said quite a number of things. It
is all good reading, and is broad enough in scope to defy summarizing or
criticism.
He used the technique of comic relief to get a person to discharge on an
outflow enough to where an inflow of tragedy would not only be
acceptable, it would be desirable. Over the past 400 years, much of the
recognition of the humor has been lost. At the time of their writing, it
was 50% humor, 50% tragedy. The reason that much of the humor in the
plays is lost, is that people are so terribly serious these days. I
seriously doubt that if you were to stab someone with a sword that their
normal response would be to say -At last I am slain', and yet this most
humorous of all of his lines, is acted out as a serious statement on stage
these days. Thus the plays are, at the least, ruined, in modern theater.
Christianity suffered the same misinterpretation. The Sermon on the Mount,
if
anyone were to ever dare to read it, is the most sarcastic and funny set of
remarks in the English language. Its five whole pages of someone telling
people to keep doing what they are already doing (You can't stop keeping
your own counsel, loving thy neighbors as thyself, etc.). So there is this
guy on a hill telling everybody to consciously do what all their mental
machinery has them compulsively doing so hard that they can't shut it
off, and years later nobody gets the joke, or the help, he was
suggesting. He was saying wake up folks, and they didn't, so he said to
hell with it. Nobody got the point then, and nobody gets the point now.
He choose martyrdom out of disgust that everyone was so god-damn dumb.
Others choose to perceive him as a serious sadly and sickly type. That
fellow was a very happy, and very amused and amusing individual. Kahlil
Gibran (the most published author in the world) correctly said the world
could not have him as he was, a man of laughter, so they invented a man
of sorrow instead. It would be a nice fairy tale if the second coming of
Christ came and went, and nobody noticed he was getting more bitter each
time he
306

showed up. Like the only thing that was getting better on the guy were
his jokes. Please accept my apology for suggesting something that is
-unscientific', and makes sense. I will not pursue this fairy tale
further, as it would cause so many black robbed types to feel cheated. Can
you imagine the upset there will be when somebody figures out this fellow
just keeps living, never announcing he is the old Big Sad Cheese? Let us
burn this fairy tale at the stake, so -the poor, which will be with you
always', the griefy, sadly, and sickly types of folks will have their
bloody, sacrificial, supernatural savage back in place.
Shakespeare had alot more sources to draw from, than we do presently.
He stands as a hallmark in modern history, a paragon if you will, of waste.
In wasting his existence, and himself so thoroughly, he gets top prize for
the ultimate in waste. In communicating effectively about this waste, he
contributed to this culture. He communicated very effectively about how
other people are wasting themselves and their lives. This has no 5-page
Sermon on the Mount of ways to waste. This was thousands of pages of
every conceivable way to do it up right.
Ironically, we do not have all his plays. But we only have 7 of the 400
Greek plays, by their most famous playwright. A lot of great literature
gets
lost in Western Civilizations. In Eastern Civilizations, none of it gets
lost, it gets hidden and buried. The West writes better but loses it. The
East requires divinity for access to its library. Perhaps wise men do not
care for being misinterpreted so diabolically.
And for those of you who would condemned me for speaking lightly about
men of light, as you thrust your condemnation at me, I cannot hold
myself back from saying -At last I am slain'.
307

Werner Erhard: What The World Is Coming To
Werner Erhard is what the world is coming to, or has been coming to. He
was once a book salesman. He is quite impressive and dynamic with other
people. Personally, he is quite overwhelmed and secretive. He was a low
TA case throughout his auditing, with loads of manic-depressive cycles
left unhandled. This fellow felt personally quite guilty about running
up enormous debts and deserting families. He felt and decided that it
was best that he discharge his personal responsibilities to his family
and creditors by promoting fundamental, low level, and crude philosophy
into middle and upper class America. So he saved his own tail, if other
people
do not exist. Other people do exist, so he is worse off than before. He
is personally completely certain that he has not helped anyone, and that
he just took their money. The idea that people could be helped, or
harmed, is beyond his perception. This occurs on any person that harms
others a lot. It happened to Hubbard 17 years ago.
This Erhard fellow received 100s of hours of Scientology processing, in
the late 60s, which culminated with a severe run-in with the Church of
Scientology. The dykes that ran the San Francisco Church were very
uncivilized with the man. He developed much of his philosophy as a sub
gradient to where people could go from the world they were living in onto
the world of Scientology, after they had gone through his program.
He had no idea that years later he would be selling this alone by itself as
a product. He established a center in San Francisco down the street from
the dyke-run Church for this purpose. The Church saw that he was a
productive individual (that is a -no-no' in the Church of Scientology),
and took the appropriate actions to shut him down. This upset him greatly;
so much that he broke off with the church. But not before buying, at
considerable cost, a complete set of everything Hubbard wrote, taped,
imagined, etc. The individuals that transferred this hoard of data just
disappeared into thin air, complete with new identities, passports, and
new countries to live in. His subsequent -auditing' in the past 10 years
has been a very private, superficial, and secretive pastime. Its been real
-church quality' work, like improving one's feelings about driving race
cars, instead of 'How come this medical doctor quit his practice, sells
heroin on the street and feels fine about it after taking your seminar?'.
He contemplated getting some valid work done a few years ago, but couldn't
quite close the loop. He and I have had a few mutual associations along
the way. He is closely watched by the same intelligence people that
control the Church of Scientology. Being a captive of his own personal
staff, he is essentially held in check; and prevented from coming out in
the open as an honest or legitimate individual. He would probably get a
bullet very quickly if he ever told anyone anything truthful. He is not
aware of it, because he is so dumb, childish, and creative. His staff
keeps him protected from anything that might disturb the suckling of the
pig, and the dollars for the harem.
He is personally quite aware that he -has never helped anyone in any
permanent way'. Further, -that individuals are absorbed, eaten and
ruined by groups.' And, -as far as any solution to the problems mankind
faces, I have inadequate data and data sets to perceive any possible
solution.' I am quoting the man. It is unfortunate that outside influences
have maintained him as he is, and prevented him from becoming a
helpful individual for society.
308

He is a good example of a productive individual who received -church
quality', Hubbard's-brand Scientology auditing (one obtains 2-4% of the
gain available in contrast to all of them as defined in this book), and
ran headlong up against the forces that rule the existing Church of
Scientology. TWO to four percent of truth usually makes embittered,
political criminals of people, uniformly.
The philosophy Werner communicates happens to be North of where
most people are in society, but it is still one that is below death on the
tone scale. He promotes accountability, that -everyone is responsible for
the condition they are in'. Most people are below that, and are into
approval from bodies, controlling bodies, owning bodies, or needing
bodies. (One spots where people are on the tone scale not by what they
feel, but by what they do.) So accountability is a step up for most
people. A mutual friend of Werner, Hubbard, and yours truly, has pleaded
with me
at length, to not go warring against these two other creative people. I
like the truth, better than a deadly peace. So truth is a double edged
sword, excalibur, if you will. She had the audacity to compare me with
these fellows. That sort of ended that friendship.! I have not built any
group, started any movement. I had more ambition than that. The
accomplishment of the stated goals of every religion, Scientology
included, deserved the double-edged sword, and that success has been
history for decades. Neither Werner nor Hubbard can yet envisage that
level of ability. It's too light for them. They understand solid things
better. They both have known what I do for fun, and perhaps a living,
and have no interest in it, except as to how it threatens their paper-
mache megalomania. That the world has been coming to Werner, shows the
starvation for spiritual truth in the streets. His seminars are about 1%
of what people need to know. Cheap has at last become fashionable. These
people would be better off getting 1% open-heart surgery, 1% fillings in
their teeth. The world comes to cheap on the pitch that it is -the one and
only'.
Werner has given us a world in which we must all drive Hondas, as no other
cars are allowed. Hubbard has given us the intellectual world in which
there is only one Rolls Royce, but only he can drive it right. Others are
allowed to look at, and if they lie enough, polish it. Both worlds are
confining, unrealistic, and personal gratification's. One requires cheap,
the other requires absurd expense. They are similar in that they both make
a mockery of the truth business, are myopic in vision, and require
severe denial of oneself, for a ticket into each of the tent-styled brand
of Hinduism's mentioned.
If one were inclined to fix one of these types of people or cases (I have
met 4 out of 110, and let all 4 go to hell, but you may be more
compassionate than me) one would do it by using a different set of somatics
in the dianetic preassessment, before using the regular pre assessment
buttons. They are: ambitions, computations, knowingnesses, futilities,
philosophies, goals, identities, convictions, urges, decisions,
aspirations, hopes, and designs. These will saw off the circuitry of the
one engram of being an old bad OT that they are stuck in so bad that they
cannot run it. The Hubbards, Erhards, and other 'hopelessly black beings'
can be cleared up thereby, but I have preferred abandoning them as a
personal pleasure. That is the technology for those who will murder for
superficial greatness.
309

The Press, Poverty of the Ages
Selling newspapers is a tough business. It is a business. There is no
point in being overly-kind or unkind about it. The business of selling
ideas on paper is that and that only. To assume that anything you read in
the press
has any substance to it, or any relation to fact, is a devastatingly
dangerous assumption. The degree with which the press has investigated
Scientology, Est, the Bible, the Presidency, the Economy, the Energy
situation, the Federal Reserve Board, what money is, or truth is
extremely superficial. Investigative reporting and press journalism
ranges from between 2% to 3% penetration of the information available.
This 2-3% of the information is then stylized, made digestible, and then
published. They don't dare publish any substantial truth of what is going
on in the real world, because of their fear that doing so would tear the
fabric of society apart. Such fear is unfounded. It is natural that the
press would take something like Watergate, where somebody lied about
doing something, and orchestrate it as some monumental sin, because it is
estimated that that would sell papers, as everyone has felt guilty about
lying. They wouldn't dare go into a Kentucky town and publish a story
about how a Judge is getting $10,000/week by letting the trucks drive
over roads that aren't approved for that. Suffice it to say that press
investigations are uniformly on a very light, and superficial level, and
thus are not the truth. Thus reading what is written on a subject (whether
that be Scientology, the Energy situation, the economy, etc.) is a
substitute for knowing what is going on there. If you think I am being too
hard on the press, then you just wait another 300 to 500 years for the press
to run a story that Roosevelt brought about World War II, or Nixon prevented
World War III. You just won't see it then, either. Walter Cronkite
opposed any news that might disturb the dinner hour.
In 1972 I did a lengthy and detailed study and report about the Energy
Situation of America and the World. This, with my permission, was
submitted under another name to the Council for Economic Development
(CED), which reports and recommends to the US Senate and President
only. It is irrelevant, that my models and forecast were accurate as far
as the 72-2010 period projected. What was relevant, was that I discovered
that 3% of what was published on the subject of energy was accurate.
97% of it was noise, lies, and conjecture. I am most grateful that the
decision makers of this ball of dust have surrendered to common sense in
establishing price structures which will allow us the chance of coming
within 1% range of avoiding the irreversible -greenhouse effect', which
will or will not occur in the 1987-88 time frame. Whether our
grandchildren have air to breathe, or can survive only in caves, was not
front page news in 1972, Watergate was. Above 500 degrees surface
temperatures on this place called earth, does not pass the -Cronkite
test', as it would disturb the dinner meal atmosphere. But it does
control how much each of you will pay for gasoline the rest of your
lives. So, the press can't really get involved with anything truthful or
relevant, as it exceeds the etiquette of the dining room, and also
because it requires some intelligence.
It is no wonder that the Reader's Digest in describing L. Ron Hubbard and
Scientology would relate how many times he wants his clothes
rinsed, his personal life excesses, and make no mention that the
310

discovery of the E-Meter dwarfs the discoveries of fire, the wheel, and of
electricity.
You should not look for friends or information in the press. I wouldn't
suggest subscribing to it, much less believing in the material in it, for
the press is a substitute for what is actually going on. It maintains the
myopia of the inability to see things, because they are looking so you don't
have to. Unfortunately that does not work out well, for they look very
superficially. They wear big thick glasses, that are very dark. It is
appropriate for people that sell ground up trees, only.
311

Functionally Illiterate Societies and Performance
A functionally illiterate society will perform anywhere between 1 - 5% of the
capability of its individuals. This is what we are living in. Over half of
the people on planet earth cannot read or write; and those that can are
functionally illiterates. The functional illiterates do not understand what
they are reading and writing, to the degree that they can go out and do
anything. So, what these people do is just apathetically take the available
jobs offered by corporations, companies, and governments (in that order,
also).
If you are going to shape your own future, which is your own
responsibility, if you so decide it to be, then you will have to work within
the framework of the stupidity level of people in society. You will have to
find out what that is. The media, and press are good in detailing it.
People do not understand the simplest of things, although they parrot
complexities with ease. The former is them, the latter is their minds.
People understanding and a mind understanding is vastly different. The
former is gauged by performance, the latter by speech. You will do much
better as peaceable savage that is polite, easy, a bumbling simpleton;
than as a brilliant, letter-perfect, bombastic predatory barbarian.
Xerox's top salesman, who stuttered (so the prospect would have to repeat
back to
him everything said) explained this to me. When he resigned, he did not
stutter at all, to the dismay of those who knew the predator way-of-life
only.
The stupidity of others should not effect your love (affinity) for them.
Don't ever confuse your affinity and reality lines with people. The most
disastrous thing one could do is to try to fully understand, when it is
not necessary. Some people and situations call for affinity. Some call for
communication. Some call for reality (agreements). A few call for
understanding. Personally, I have found it workable to have good affinity
lines at home, good communication lines in business, good reality lines
with counsel (attorneys), and good understanding lines with truth.
312

The Magic Man, Kings In All Times
A number of identical games occur simultaneously in various peoples lives.
One of these is the appearance of an individual, which I call a -Magic
Man', who is readily recognizable. He is relatively divine, and is
noticeable different from ordinary people in that there is nothing wrong
with him. He has great spiritual power, is very much an operating thetan,
has no case, and knows what has been going on, is going on, and will be
going on. Such an individual is an interjection into the human experience
to alter the dramatization of what is going on in order to further the
progress and growth of all concerned.
These magical men generally quickly appear in society, do their work,
and disappear. They see no purpose in getting crucified or persecuted.
They direct slightly lower-scale beings than themselves into doing great
things. If you have met any individuals such as this, don't be surprised
that society starves them out and kills them. They don't really object
to that too much because they are not fully into feeling pain. They have
the
ability to bring their heartbeat to a total standstill, to as-is their body
from where it is standing, to cause it to reform/reappear in another room and
so forth. Mr. Hubbard doesn't care for them at all, and was confronted
with 3 of them. It has been his pleasure to see them die, for he feels
their existence is some type of challenge to his own personal grief.
Hubbard doesn't have a life, he just has grief. He never suspected that
the magic man arranged his act, or his particular demise, but he did. The
magic
man uses many bodies, but is one individual. The really dumb think it
is different people.
313

Spiritual Control of The Foolish
This is basically quite easy. A person that has risen above the
physical universe and off of the time track and human wavelength can
make a change in reality which will cause a direct change in the
apparency.
The apparency is encoded with nested decision triangles. For example,
-if a person doesn't go to the movies, they will stay home'. So, if you
are operating as a being, and you want a person to stay home, all you have
to do is as-is off the existence of the idea of going to the movies, and
the person will stay home.
So, the events of the entire planet are controllable by any one individual
who wants to waste their time with such triviality (playing God). Of
course the people who are in the apparency don't consider it trivial at
all. They are really hamming it up, and getting alot of sensation out of
suffering. Being a society is so easy that it is quite boring.
Society doesn't take kindly to people that have these abilities. There
were over a million witches burned at the stake by the Catholic Church
because these witches were undoing the Catholic Church. They did a
good job of undoing it, and that was the end of the dark ages.
It was not the end of spiritual control of the foolish. One can do as
little or as much as you want, and the expense is that you are seemingly
responsible forever with that you interfered with. So allege the foolish. I
doubt if that is at all true, in any sense. It is amazing how little of
this goes on in steering the country, and how much of it goes on in-
bedrooms. 314

Self Control In Its Highest Degrees
The individual controlling himself at the highest levels will also control
all the dynamics around him. There were over six people who saw what
was happening with Hubbard and his Church and instead of doing
something in the physical universe about it (alterisness of an apparency),
they simply arranged for the man and church to go in the directions they
went.
Self control in its highest degrees would embrace control of all things
beyond self. Self control disintegrates into the realm of pan-determined
control. Civilization is being controlled on a pandetermined level by
people who adjudicate who is deserving of civilization. It has already been
defined and alleged that all of the people out there dying and suffering
haven't really subscribed to any degree of civilization. I am not saying
that this is right or just, for I find it not to be. However it is
interesting to note -theta's' ruling that what you subscribe to you get,
because postulates control existence. In the context of existing
pandetermined control by -theta', any sovereign individual can then exert
self control in its highest degrees, and will then be controlling theta,
which is controlling all of us on automatic.
Rare as it may seem, occasionally out of the mire, there doth rise
someone who doesn't like the agony and yoke that people bear, who traces
all that down to the -God' that made such, and then must run
control on -God', to attain his heart's desire, free men as fellows. That
is self control in its highest degree.
315

Reincarnation And Why Nobody Cares
The reason nobody cares about reincarnation very much is that it is broadly
considered that the past is over, and people are not up to remembering,
much less confronting it. Most people are not up to confronting the
present. Most people live day to day, some live week to week, some live
month to month, and the rare live year to year. It is the very rare
individual that is taking responsibility for their lifetime. The idea of
taking responsibility for the next 400 or 400,000 years is above most
people's reality level.
People don't want to recall what has happened in their previous
lifetimes, so they don't, and they insist they have never lived before.
They like playing innocent. Innocence is one of the most prominent
dramatizations on the planet. This innocence is their third worst enemy.
Drugs are their second, and self-pity is the first. If mankind is to be
whisked out of existence, it will be by self-pity. Self-pity is a
devastating manifestation of vanity, which is the supreme sin, if there are
any, and that would depend on your reality level of sin. Your reality level
of sin would depend on what you subscribe to, and what you subscribe to
would depend on your postulates. Your postulates depend upon those you have
stuck on you during impacts in the prior lives you are pretending you did
not live. Such is the circle of self-deterioration that goes: self-pity,
vanity, sin, subscription, postulates, impacts sticking postulates. These 6 in
a circle, mankind has responded to with apathy- - who cares'. The
Tibetans by swinging prayer wheels about it hourly will not cause it to
erase. Hubbard figured out the last 2 of the 6, and proclaimed that to
be all one needed to know. All six exist, like mad, on just about anyone
breathing. Period.
Hubbard boasts that he is free of the last 3, so perhaps he has
graduated
up to sin, if what he says is true, and it isn't. He has all 6 as active and
live on him as a cat on fire. I hope I have made it crystal clear why people
don't care about reincarnation. They cannot stand the heat of today, they
claim. Actually today is effortless beauty, and all the heat they feel on
today is from their past. Don't waste your time trying to explain this to
anyone. Let them explain it to you as their very own discovery and truth
in session. It will be worth something to them then. It is their own
stark discovery.
In working with past lives, people get confused about how much of a
being they are or were. This is called -theta endowment'. It is not a
fixed determination unless you consider it to be so by yourself.
People don't care about reincarnation because they have dropped below
caring, below any degree of time, and below responsibility. They are not
up to realizing their past, and certainly don't want to hear about their
future, because it is not that pleasant. The past and future are quite
related, and especially for someone in this not-caring condition.
There have been over 100 million people in this century that have died
by non-natural means. In other words, they were killed. Such impacts
stick the thoughts, ideas, and feelings of that moment on them,
effecting all subsequent postulates and thusly, lives. These stuck
viewpoints erase
in auditing. Until then nobody cares, and a hell goes on, but nobody
cares 316

about that either, until you take their drugs away. Then people care
alot. This is the condition, which is not to be confused with the nature,
of man. The nature of man is generally admirable.
317

The Soul: Whether You Want One Or Not
A person is the soul. If they feel they have a soul, that is probably the
body talking. If they want to argue about it, it is definitely the mind that
is talking. Until a person is processed above the cycle, they will continue
on
this silly treadmill of growing up a little body, rattling their little rattle
in their little cage, going to school, learning to read, and so forth. With
processing, a person can rise above the cycle, to where they can occupy
any body they want at will. If they want to occupy President Johnson and
decide not to run again, or President Nixon and take us off the Gold
Standard, or a Russian technician and blow up a Siberian Nuclear
Complex, then they can do that. Then they can come back and be -
themselves' in their -normal' body.
Until a person is processed up to that particular state, they are either
going to play-see-the-movies (between-lives implants) or go straight to
the hospital, get a new meat body, go through the whole experience of
being raised, and pick up more engrams. They do this over, al and over.
It
is a very wild order of experience. Its bizarre, in fact, but the folks
don't know any other way to live. Personally, it remains personally
unbelievable that people do that, but they do. They do, do that, everyone of
them. The evidence is beyond refutation.
The Soul has come a long way.
318

The Universes
There is the universe of the body. It has a somatic mind. It is ruled
somewhat by the genetic entity that grows bodies. The genetic entity
is competitive and has needs. It competes with other genetic entities
and other bodies.
There is the universe of the mind.
There is the universe of the thetan. There is the physical universe.
There are other peoples' universes.
There is all other peoples universes interconnected that act as one
versus your own universe.
There are a few more. There is the universe outside of this one which is
rather non-physical. Instead of having -time', it has -a while'. People
often go to it when they go asleep, by passing through what is called the
'theta window'. **
There are four more universes outside the one outside this one that we
know about. There are probably more outside of that. Effects in one
universe cause effects in other universes. As you get these uncollapsed
and separated out, you become more aware and powerful.
319

The Upper Dynamics
The dynamics are set up in concentric circles, so that it is logical that
senior dynamics rule junior dynamics. Bearing this in mind, it is
workable in living to not consider any one dynamic as more important than
another. Dynamics exist in different universes. You have a set of
dynamics. Other people have dynamics. Also, there is the set of dynamics
in the physical universe. Scientology has often been defined by itself as
a philosophy that embraces the lower 7 dynamics, with little comment on
the eighth, except that it is infinity or God. The upper dynamics are as
follows: 9th dynamic - Aesthetics 1Oth dynamic - Ethics (rationality)
(These were copyrighted by L. Ron Hubbard. He did not look any further
apparently.) The rest of them are:
11th dynamic - decency
12th dynamic - truth
13th dynamic - awareness
14th dynamic - individuality
15th dynamic - coexistence
16th dynamic - theta that is not-being
It should be obvious that the senior dynamics rule and produce the junior
dynamics. Inside the physical universe is the lower 6 dynamics.
Scientology, its axioms, and its rules of auditing apply on the lower 6
dynamics. Hubbard's dilemma is that in embracing only the lower 7, and
promoting the lower 7, he has been in conflict with the upper 9. Thus he
has become the fodder himself, for having violated the senior upper urges
of many alive individuals. Alive could be defined as living knowingly
beyond the rules of theta.
You may include these in grade processes as necessary and appropriate.
Given the absence of this information, the highest action would be to
save
a dying dog instead of an entire country, if those two were in conflict,
for decency is senior to ethics. A God would save the dog, a great man
would save the country. Great men die, Gods do not.
320

The Akashic Record
The Akashic Record is a recording that supposedly exists out in another
space which contains every event that has happened to every individual
past, present, and future. It is a library of all events and all thoughts.
By making adjustments in the Akashic Record a person can change other
people. To gain access to the Akashic Record, which is a person called
an -Adept', one would have to be an 11th or 12th order being. These
orders of beings roughly correspond to the dynamics one has mastered,
and the universes of those dynamics. This old standard of order of
beings one finds in the rituals of the masons. One would have to be of
the 11th or 12th order to even perceive the Akashic Record. An
individual in this state of development has absolutely no problem with
knowledge. Anything they want to know, they just look up in the record,
and there it is.
If you have attained this level of spiritual evolvement, you will have no
problem in auditing people, because you can look up anything that is
troubling them or you, on the subject of their case. Overall; access to the
Record is a useful tool in proceeding through life. Living life as an 11th
or 12th degree master compares very favorably to living it as a mortal.
Those
two are not mutually exclusive. Living it both ways at the same time is
an art of joy.
One can make the transition from mortal to master through auditing,
then education. It is an unfortunate fact that one must come up through
the Scientology first, before one can understand the education.
321

The Akashic Responsibility
The akashic responsibility might be defined as the responsibility that
goes with the ability to read the record. In reading through it, one
finds some horrible stuff, so one changes it, in the interest that life
will be more livable for all concerned. For example, in 1965, if someone
was reading the record and discovered the world was to be blown apart at
3:14AM on February 3rd, 1966 and did not like that event, then the
individual would just erase that recording off, using auditing
techniques. Or, they could through auditing techniques and erase the
event off the 3rd through 6th dynamics directly. So, by having the
responsibility of access to the record, one is mildly obligated to
prevent some of the bad events and cataclysms that do not contribute to
the evolution of the culture. One can even get an improvement in the
ethics level, by putting ethics in directly. For example, if there was an
overly affluent drug culture extant, then you could cut the whole economy
way back and give them a depression, and sure enough, they will stop
taking drugs. If things get too stifling (no growth), as in the
Eisenhower years, you could bring in a real freak like Kennedy, and that
failing bring in a madman like Johnson. That failing, and establishment
still bulldozing itself over individual rights, you could use what worked
historically to overthrow establishments: serfs. So, you pull these serfs
from 600 years ago off the time track, and sure enough, they work. The
hippies break up the power structure. Less than 1000 of them in one
neighborhood, and it breaks, bad war and all. Something from 600 years
ago being stuffed into the environment terrifies the existing power-
machine. These examples I
have given were a few of many dozens of arrangements made in the world
of thought by a few individuals. In summary, the culture is adjustable
by 11th and 12th degree masters, and is regularly done so, by a periodic
examination of the Akashic Record, and one taking some responsibility
for how the game is going. One might observe that God and his Gang are
not dead, at all, but are alive and well, but have chosen the security
and joy of private and family life over the receipt of Japanese nails on
the cross of the Federal Reserve.
I have heard it said, and not just by bleeding-hearted liberals, that the
game is not going too well out there. I agree with the observation. There
are some 11th and 12th degree masters which have reactive minds.
Because of that condition (God-s and Gang with Bank) life on this
particular planet is sort of a living hell. It will remain so until either
these people are audited, or other people are audited up to the mastery state
and toss the older fellows out of their jobs. At the time of either
occurrence, the whole world will straighten out very quickly. To the
degree that the world has been straightening out and awareness coming
up, it has been going on.
The straightening out of the whole world, the Akashic Responsibility, is
a slow but steady process. no accident that mankind has come this far,
and will go farther in both directions. There are individual elements
(groups) of mankind from a ridiculous good/evil dichotomy that was
heavily installed in people a long time ago. I am most pleased that it is
being audited off of people with corrected scientology processing.
322

Entropy
Entropy means after energy, and it also means turning. It is from the
Greek, meaning to turn. In physics, it is a theoretical measure of energy
which cannot be transformed into mechanical work. Its symbol is the
circle with a capital I though it: ' . Entropy is life energy that is hard
to measure by physical means. There is alot of it out there. It is different
in people in different states. This varies widely on people, as there are
all different classes of people. There are people that do not mind being
wrong or right (Grade 4); there are people who can naturally L&N (Grade
3), which means they can chase down the answer when given a question.
They screw it up often but at least they have that ability. Both of
these types are usually highly successful. There are people who are up
to thinking about responsibility, and are aware of themselves as cause
(Grade 2); there are people who can solve problems (Grade I); and there
are people that can communicate (Grade 0). In other words, orders of
beings directly correspond to entropy energy levels, which directly
correspond to all positions of the Grade chart levels.
323

Applications Of The Aforesaid
From all the information that I have provided so far in this book, I
would suggest that you apply it to better yourself and your fellow man;
however, you could apply it to accomplish anything you chose or wanted to
do, and probably would achieve on that specific.
Why you would do what you would do, you should find out. Before you think
a thought, find out whose it is. To use knowledge and wisdom in a
selfish, non pan-determined fashion can restrict your growth. Growth is a
natural order of anything which is living.
The reason I suggest that you apply it, is, the most worthless thing one
can do is know and not apply, for you are then cheating the reflection of
the knowing. Knowingness without responsibility and control is not a
creation.
The worst problem on application is simply not doing it. The second
worst is mis-application. The third is application of knowledge for
selfish ends, which is a subtle form on non-application. The third, which
the world is buried in and under, is a pastime for the gutless who dare
not play a game, for fear of losing.
Please do not mistake fools for fellow man.*
324

 An Accurate Record of Man's True Origin
Past, Present, and Future
Rumor has it, that the problem at any point in time is always great
enough, and the problem that is always great enough always has a solution
toward more awareness and a solution toward less awareness. Some
individuals made them selves, some were created by another. Apparently,
quite long ago, the problem that was great enough was whether to
become apart of this physical universe or not. That was one's (peoples)
next step. Some knowingly, some willingly, and some neither, ended up
with the side of the decision triangle that was to be a part of the
universe. They ran around as spiritual beings playing games with each other
for the first third of their agreed-upon-time-track. The second third of -
time'
was spent as a spiritual being in contest with meat body societies. The
last third of -time' has been spent being trapped in a meat body. This
over-simplification omits much detail. So that is where he came from,
what he has been doing since, and his present is detailed throughout
this text.
The problem always being great enough, and having the two traditional
solutions, remains. Thus man has two possible futures: either evolve
back up through the fallen angel sequence to sovereignty, or descend on
down to a molecular level of consciousness. People have that opportunity
to take either of these two roads in a one lifetime period through
perfect auditing, and sane conduct.
325

Prison Planets
There are planets throughout the galaxy where people have been sent
because they didn't fit into the social order. Those in conflict with
very tight social orders, such as were mentioned in -Brave New World' and
-1984', can be classified as follows: (1) criminals, (2) tax cheaters,
(3)
sexual deviates, (4) political revolutionaries, (5) creative people, such as
artists and inventors, and (6) prisoners of war from intra or inter galactic
warfare. These folks that 'don't fit in' were sent off to prison planets,
and before they are sent they were heavily implanted so that they couldn't
remember anything. This activity is still going on. There are small
between-lives implanting stations on and close by the prison planets, to
make sure that everyone stays there and to make sure no one figures out
it is a prison. Nobody is allowed to leave, through many supposedly
workable methods. People were told all about religion under very heavy
pain and duress, and thus the 'born again' class of fanaticism is
unshakable, and is not handleable technically except as a heavy engram.
They were also told under duress that if they exteriorize and leave
planet earth, they will be picked up and beamed back here by a frequency
that has been installed on them. Actually, none of that is true, anymore
than
fanatical religion is. These people are prisoners-unto-themselves, by
their own beliefs only. A prison without guards is very cheap to run. You
just implant these people with split personalities, to guard themselves,
and it works very well. This technique was perfected 212,494,621 years
ago,
and has been used since, -to ship the trash out of the Galactic
Confederation.'
Earth is one of the prison planets. Therefore we have a sort of unusual
society here of about 170 different cultures.
Thus earth is a fishbowl representation of the different societies,
cultures, civilizations, activities, and ideas that exist throughout the
galaxy. Prison planets evolve up through the normal social cycle of
caveman to nuclear age very rapidly, because their population contains a
higher than normal percentage of creative rebels. It is very easy to see
these 6 types of people out in society. It is quite difficult to find
anything else below the surface on earthlings. You also hear alot of
hostility and/or hoopla about how the -higher forces' that put us here is
really a good
deal. I fail to find that funny, or rational.
It is not a good deal to be living in a prison, only. You could still live
here, and it not be a prison for you, and then it is alot of fun. All that is
necessary is to get the area processed. The hottest material on this dates
at only 14,020 years ago. Hubbard threw me out of his church for 9
months in 1966, as a disciplinary measure, for talking to people about it.
I guess he made it clear where he stands on this issue. I enjoy auditing
it off people. Christianity was a great religion before 14,020 years ago,
as was Hinduism. They both have been kiss-anothers-feet since. It is no
accident that in the study of -military science' it is undeniably stressed
that more people have been killed, and more wars fought because of
religion, than property rights, trade routes, greed, power, and insanity
and hunger combined. Religion is the grossest area of psychosis
addressable on anything that breathes. The reason for such feelings and
irrational conduct is religion was used in the breaking of the people's
wills under torture. You would be wise to not challenge a person's
326

strongly held beliefs, for such things were welded into the people when
they were murdered. When there are 'very hard times' with starvation,
blood, and disease in the streets people instinctively look for the
leaders of any and all odd and normal religions, and when they find them,
they kill them all, to release this very old and very fundamentally held
hate.
I should warn you that religion is not restricted to talk about Big Dad,
and being kind to the neighbors. It is any closely held, strong emotional
belief, that a person is willing to diminish another to defend. There are
people with religious feelings about autos, dollars, body practices,
marriage, others responsibilities to them. You are begging for a knife in
your throat if you attack one of these outside of session. If you are
connected to a strongly religious type, you may wish to get that cleaned up
on them, keeping the issue out of the space or closing off the connection.
Implanted electrical energy directed at one is hard on one's
body. Death flows get old, and can take the music out of the sunlight,
life should be. Auditing is the only decent solution for the crap promoted
as religion. Being willing to diminish one's neighbors is the anti-thesis
of legitimate religion, which has had a long time coming. I am trying to
put it on the map again, possibly by recall.
327

This Solar System
At this time, it appears that earth is the only planet that is inhabited.
In auditing you may come up with incidents involving life on Mars and
Venus. Venus polluted itself to death, and Mars blew itself to death in
war. This is not hard to deduce scientifically. It is possible that the
preclear has lived on other planets at other times. Whatever your
preclear comes up with in session you are supposed to duplicate and
acknowledge. There used to be another planet in this system that is now
an asteroid belt. The conversion was the result of war. This system has
been invaded a number of times. The most recent warfare between
exterestial groups was about 2000 BC between the 5th and 4th Invaders.
The 4th Invaders
successfully prevented the 5th from taking over the place. Fourth
Invader uniforms looked very much like police uniforms, while the 5th
Invader's looked like army uniforms. One shouldn't be overly concerned
with what your preclear comes up with regarding this solar system. Just
listen and acknowledge. A lot has happened here. Yet it is a rather
remote and
insignificant solar system, from a galactic point of view. It is actually
older than 5 billion years, but only slightly. It has been around a while and
will be here a while longer. It is not unlike other solar systems throughout
this -Milky Way' Galaxy. Once adequate exploration is made of Mars and Venus,
the evidence of prior civilizations will be bountiful, as it will be on
Jupitor, and the moons of Jupitor, and even on Uranus, as there is in
Egypt. The press being what it is, I doubt if this will be known.
Three or four years ago they were finding conduit cable in the pyramid
areas in Egypt, and it just didn't make the front page or the evening
news.
This solar system is entering a highly radioactive area in its
revolution around the center of the galaxy. Many types of background
radiation have doubled in the last 25 years. There is no reason for
alarm or concern about this or about other life being here.
Hubbard and one of his sons were quite concerned about the solar system
and this planet being invaded. This is one of the false fears that
caused the formation of the paramilitary organization known as the -Sea
Org'. So Hubbard and his Gang were preparing for the arrival of an
exterestial group known as the Markabians, which Hubbard doesn't care
for. His affinities lie in the direction of their arch-rival -The
Galactic Confederation'. Both of these groups have dwindled and
disintegrated in power into little regional groups, such as the Espinol
Confederacy, and The Interplanetary League. A number of fractionalized
groups have risen up and usurped quite a bit of power from these two old
rival empire systems, which have dominated this galaxy for over 81
Billion years.
The star system we are involved in (called a -local group' in astronomy)
operates loosely as a mild confederation. It has been held together this
way for a couple hundred thousand years. The older confederation it
replaced went back 100 million years on this star group, which contains
about 30 planets with highly-evolved societies which have operated in
relative harmony with each other. Earth has borne the distinction of
being one of the prettiest of the 30, but also the most savage. Things
just never seem to be peaceful on this planet.
328

At this particular time, of the 29 remaining civilized planets, 11 of them
have similar projects to -Scientology' under way, complete with little L.
Ron Hubbard-leaders. The technology up through OT I exists on 7, where
the evolution is occurring. This data is being released on a -trial basis'
at a number of localities. In these 7 other instances there has been no
friction with the governments, public, and no paramilitary organization
has been formed. They are very much like the Church was here in the 1955-
64 period. On the other 4 (earth being one of the 4), 2 are faltering (one
other than earth), and 2 have been defeated and closed up shop. In
studying the differences between success and failure, one cannot help but
notice that on the 7 that are doing well the alteration of fundamental
data is about half of that on the 4 failures. There are about 500 QTPs
(Questionable Technical Points) which I call -contradictions' in the
Hubbard rendition on earth, and about 250 on the 7 planets that are
doing well with it. It is pathetic and tragic to observe these folks
nursing along a barely workable system, with 250 contradictions. They are
working around their particular difficulties in auditing, by using terribly
fundamental stable datum's such as what turns it on, turns it off; use very
few processes; use a long comm cycle; and stay on it until you accomplish
alot of good. -It's real cave-man technology, and it will survive beyond
this planets' version of what they actually have honestly described: -the
Mecca for those who seek technical perfection' is in every sense of the word
what they call it: -A RELIGIOUS RETREAT'.
The people that have made these particular arrangements for a duplicity
of the games on a number of planets have invested more heavily in the
other 7. As far as spiritual evolution, this planet has been somewhat
written off by that group. I consider that to be, overall, a favorable
occurrence, for I never have cared too much for group designs upon
people with inadequate information, education and space that would be
necessary for them to make an intelligent judgment.
Apparently it has not occurred to many people that their very thoughts
were installed by their former enslavers.
Different trial balloons have been released on these 29 planets. Rumor
has it that life has been destroyed on 4 of them recently, so we are
down to 25, and have lots of new arrivals here.
This particular local group has kind of a bad name at galactic
headquarters and libraries, whether those be the Markabian group close
by the North Star, the group outside the Orion Complex, The Pleadies, or
the Galactic Confederation. Each of these four -control centers' consider
this sector to be full of a bunch of nuts, and they would like to -
contain' it that way, for people have reactive minds here to a much
greater extent than they do anywhere else in the galaxy. The removal and
containment
of misfits is a galactic game. I had mentioned in the -Prison Planets'
chapter the 6 types of folks that get sent to earth. These comprise about
90% of the population. 10% of the population are not terribly long
residents of this galaxy, or star group. They are from other galaxies, and
are either here as prisoners of war, as fools that got lost, as an advance
party for invasion study, or for personal reasons (which would be
combative in nature).
The longer a person lives in this galaxy, the more they adopt its
particular and peculiar understandings, beliefs, and role models.
329

This Galaxy
The highest thing in this galaxy is aesthetics and the lowest is
savagery. You could probably conquer anything in this galaxy with either
of the two. If you were to use them both, you would probably be most
effective. I personally don't care much for the extremes of this galaxy.
The long-term residents of this galaxy are very matter of fact about sex.
It is just a normal routine, something they do in life. Another trait of
a person who
is a long-time resident of this galaxy is that they believe in exchange,
to the degree that they cannot comprehend non-exchange transactions.
They, actually and naturally, feel that if they receive something that
they need to give something back. These are some of the traits of the long
time residents of this galaxy, which I define as in excess of 80 Billion
years.
Normally in auditing out the past-track, this-galaxy engrams you will find
alot of time in the Galactic Federation, then conflict with the
Markabians, wars, and engrams on being on both sides. Sometimes the
sequence will reverse, and the fellow spent most of his time as a
Markabian. The Markabian Federation ended up taking about 2/3 of the
galaxy and are a very savage and high-flying style of folk. That whole
empire crumbled, emperor and all, about 223,632 years ago. A new
government was
formed, calling itself the Markabian Confederation. They have had control
of this planet from them to now, and have it leased out to the Espinol
Confederacy, under a very loose lease.
The majority of the galaxy is highly populated. Containing and defending
its' borders from invasions has been an extremely expensive chore, and a
very difficult one.
We have a neighboring spider galaxy, where vegetable-style beings keep
making intrusions, and we have quite a few of them that get shipped into
this planet (at least 35% of the population). I call these the -plant
people' , because they consider everything to be free, as a plant does.
The idea of exchange never crosses their natural minds. Sunlight is free,
sex is free, money is free; they just take what they need to survive, and
they don't owe anything back. They feel quite relieved if you have a
plant in your office.
About 4% of the population of this planet is from other galaxies, whether
that be the 4th one out N by NW, the 16th E by SE, or whatever. These
have identifiable traits, and are an entirely different -kettle of fish'
than the plant people or the long-term residents.
330

Other Galaxies
About 4% of the people in society do not understand exchange. It is a
similarity they have with -plant people'. All they care about is art and
intelligence. Indian philosophy, religious culture, spiritual culture music,
painting, and art, as we know them, proceed from these creative tapes. These
people come from other galaxies.
Those galaxies are quite different from this one, which is essentially a
merchant galaxy. These intellectuals, which probably comprise about
150% of the American population, are very concerned with significance's,
and do not care much about mass. These people are spiritually oriented.
One should be aware of these three types of people: (1) the warrior
merchants that are long term residents that do not understand anything
except exchange, (2) the plant people who have no compunction but to
take for it is all free, and (3) the artistic, intellectual, spiritual type
that likes culture and fine living, and doesn't see exchange as necessary. The
latter group considers exchange a crude, symbolic, mechanical, literal
form of ignorant misinterpretation of ethics. In other words, they refuse
to descend down to such a mechanical idea.
In auditing people, you will find Scientology runs quite well on all
three, except the plant people, who have a hell of a time with it. They
can only comprehend it as a further freedom and nourishment. Obviously,
you will get your greatest spiritual gain on someone who doesn't have a-
long term, this-galaxy background, that is spiritually or aesthetically
inclined. That one has spent a long time in this galaxy, is nothing to be
ashamed of. There should not be any social standard or stint that
interferes with the finding of truth.
There are other galaxies that have different types of games. There is even
one galaxy out there which is so art-oriented, that art is the whole game
there. Whoever produces the best art wins, and owns the place if he wants.
There are alot of galaxies where there aren't even bodies, or
reactive minds, at all, that are still going on. This particular galaxy has
been on a gradual decline into degradation. It took 80 Billion years for
the Galactic Confederation to go from caveman to nuclear society. It had
propeller airplanes for 110,000 years. It was a slow development. When
you see people here on earth repeating this sequence in less than 4000
years, instead of 80 Billion years, you realize these people are just
remembering.
The Galactic Confederation was actually a very hypocritical empire. L.
Ron Hubbard worked on a research project for thousands of years in one of
their largest libraries. He has been working on the same research
project, off and on, since. The research project was how to turn people
around, and how to restore the state of Operating Thetan. The Galactic
Confederation has need for operating thetans for management and messenger
positions. Hubbard makes no claim to have disconnected from that group,
and I seriously doubt if he has. He has promoted the misconception that
they never did any implanting. He is highly critical of the Markabians
because of their frankness, and occasional instances of 331

cannibalism. The Galactic Confederation always maintained its
sophistication, and whatever it did, it did it subtlely.
There has been a dash of friction between the Hubbard fellow and yours
truly on how truth should be presented that relates to our differing
affections for these two rival grouped cultures. He has communicated his
views in a manner of the culture that he cares for: that very little has
been done, it will take a long time for anything to get done, it is all very
complicated, and if there are complaints let us gloss over that with
peprally talk. He has institutionalized these molasses beliefs by declaring
it will take a billion years to clear up this sector. When people join the
Sea Org, they sign a -billion year contract' to clear up this sector. How it
could take more than 200 years escapes me. No one would have to go or
do anything. Any one being could accomplish it. This idea has not crossed
his literal mind. In summary, these two particular life-styles and
philosophies (surreptitious, long and clever vs. quick, open, honest,
occasionally savage) have not only interfered with Hubbard and I getting
along, but they have severely impaired the needed transmission of
relevant truth. Neither group is right, or worth a second thought. I
disconnected and turned in my badges in 1967, and liked that. It was at
his insistence. It is too bad that he will not do what he requires of
others. 332

Recommendations And Advice
I don't think a person should actively promote what they are doing, if they
are helping people as a profession. I think if someone comes to you and
asks for help, then you should provide them with service. If you are on a
northward path, it would make no sense for you to enter an impure
atmosphere, except to purify it. If you do not want to get further
entrenched and trapped in this universe, it would make no sense to solve
a problem unless you solved it for eternity. If your adventure in life is
northward bound, positive, based on the decision that things will go
right, work out that you will have good luck, then you would be wise to
realize that you will be evolving up though all sorts of levels of
people. Your friends will change, as your understandings increase. While
you are going through this evolution, it might be imprudent to make an
excessive amount of long-term commitments.
It would be very silly and imprudent for you to work on alot of symptoms
instead of causes. For example, if someone comes in with being
embroiled with body games ( 2nd dynamic activity of love, romance, soap
opera, or the scarcity of same, known as heartbreak hotel), then to
process alot of that off of them is a very unethical thing to do. Those
are all symptoms. What is wrong, the cause, is they can't make it as a
thetan anymore. Their postulates don't work, which means they don't have
any pride left. The definition of pride is your postulates work. Thus they
feel degraded. Since they cannot live spiritually successfully, they have
dropped into identifying with their body, and they play body games of
chasing other bodies around. I would advise any spirit dedicated to growth
and improvement to avoid getting embroiled with body games.
Bodies are certainly alot of fun, but getting trapped into the 2nd
dynamic seems to be people's common method of avoiding living. If the 2nd
dynamic stirs up too much charge on you or your preclear, then one can
always just simply take a vacation from it. It will be there later. Most of
the people that are sexual fanatics, are so because they honestly believe
that they have never lived before, or will again, and so are going to get
all the sex they can in this brief one lifetime. If they would realize that
they have been around for trillions of years, and will be around for
trillions of years, then the scarcity on sex would evaporate. That is a lot
of it, and normally will remove the urgency out of the situation. I have
heard no reports that a brief vacation from the 2nd dynamic arena (whether
that
be 1 month, 5 years, or 500 years) has caused anyone any harm, much
less harm of a severe, permanent nature. vet participation in that arena
does not have this distinction. The list of names is too long where a
refusal to break away from this subscription of using a solution to
obscure another problem, spins the person into being very dumb and stupid,
and then, dead. In other words, if one is frustrated by their life being
inadequate or they are having a hard time coping with this toothy world,
continued sexual release is not going to solve that problem. Yet, that
phenomenon is widespread. I would advise a person to not let any one
dynamic overshadow the other dynamics. The dynamics are urges.
Within this physical universe and galaxy, it looks like it is an 8
dynamic game. It is not. It is a 16 dynamic game. If one were to take
those 16
dynamics (urges) and divide them into 16 waking hours in a day, and try
333

living that way, one would be very surprised. Its very nice. It is extremely
hard to be discontent with that.
What I am saying here is that aberration is a full-time job. It has a
specific sequence. You can walk away from, or break the sequence on it, by
decision, in some instances. Keeping aberration going requires 4 things in
this order: (1) ignorance, (2) maintenance of ignorance, (3) substitution
to a heavy degree, and (4) cooperation with other aberrated people to keep
it that way. If you want to grow and become rational, then you have to
attack these 4 things. If you would fix these 4 things by subject on a
person, they recover very rapidly. In fact they get quite a restoration of
self and power.
You will not find this data written in Scientology or anywhere else in
religion. It takes all four of those things for someone to stay in the
condition they are in. You can actually be so sloppy as to change any one
of the four, and they will get better. Hubbard's technology is usually
addressed to changing only one of the four. If you change all four, and
confine the work to addressing subjects one at a time, life can become a
piece of cake, after a while.
As far as coming out of a trap, there are many different ways to do it.
You can dig yourself out, with effort, which I have done on more than one
occasion this lifetime. By working and compromising for 12 years and
saving my money, I bought myself out of what I considered economic
slavery. Those savings provided the -stake' (venture capital) for
leveraged investments which of course worked out well due to the diversity
of them. So I have come from having essentially nothing (except fleas) to
a mild degree of middle-class propriety. Middle class propriety
means you are totally invisible. I did that more than once. It was effort.
In retrospect, it was foolish, except for the learning experiences it
provided me. The money was irrelevant. I could have made that stake on one
transaction in 1966. The effort solution out of a trap is time-consuming and
educational. The other solution, which is not educational and is very fast,
is to get out of the trap by postulate. I have done this also, and more than
once. It is the preferable of the two ways, but if it does not work, you
should abort it as a solution, and employ the effort one. One can wait for
that magic sleigh to arrive with piles of money that comes in the mail. It
can and does happen. It is rare. I have seen people waste their whole
lives waiting for some little magic dream to come true, and it doesn't. If
you can do it, then do it. I you can't, admit the failure, and get on with
living. If your postulates are not working, there is nothing shameful about
having to work for a living. Often one can find greater riches there than
any amount of money will ever buy.
It is quite unfashionable to work for a living these days. Work has been
given a bad name. That is one of the most absurd notions I have ever
heard. I don't know of anything more fun than work, and the reason is
that work is activity with a purpose, and unless you are faking, it
requires action, which is 22.0 on the tone scale. This subject has a funny
twist to it, because people have difficulty loafing. They have to have some
form of leisure activity. Hubbard said in -Problems of Work' that work
should be
a stable datum for people, and that those who didn't want to work were
in bad condition. I differ with this belief of his. I hold, along with
every other religious figure in history, that a person who can actually sit
in a room and do nothing for days and enjoy it is in good shape. Buddha and
334

Jesus found this necessary. This is supported in the Dianetic .Axioms,
that a person who has a free range of randomity(can be content whether
there is very little or very much going on) is essentially engram free.
My satisfaction level is about the same whether I am working with 500
employees, 17 hours a day; or if the most exciting thing in the day is
taking a shower as I spend the rest of that day just sitting, enjoying
that. Either day is OK, and I do not require either. I am not an unusual
person in this regard, unless you consider all creative people to be
unusual. I knew a man who after 8 years of doing nothing each day but play
bridge,
decided -'Well, I guess I go work for a couple of years.' He did, as the
prime mover in an American Stock Exchange Corporation, and he was
happy at both pace levels.
My advice is that you design your own existence knowingly. Further to
notice that you have a nose, and so there is nothing wrong with using it.
Having 2 ears and one mouth is some kind of hint. I would advise each
person to listen to themselves, and notice that to some degree you are a
god-unto-yourself, to where at least you have some degree of pride,
dignity, and self esteem.
On Maslow's famed hierarchy of needs, he placed self-esteem at the top,
then responsibility, then peer group recognition, then emotional needs,
then survival needs, in that order coming down it. It is nice to get these
lower two areas (survival needs and emotional needs) handled, so that you
can proceed with the top three. Money will only buy the lower two. I trust
I have quoted him correctly.
Life is kind of a dual affair of (1) avoiding a lack of things as an
animal regarding the facts of life and survival, and (2) creating growth
for self and others.
A person should rise above the level of society. In this society, everyone
is in a mild degree of economic slavery over some worthless money that is
being printed too fast.
Society is the basement or foundation of a culture's existence. Beyond that,
there are the growth needs of man. He aspires to become closer to himself,
to his fellows, and to higher awarenesses.
Christianity, as a religion, as far as the way it is written, is similar to
Scientology, and it is surprising that not many people are applying it, much
less living it. Most people have not yet come up to figuring it out. Most
people that study Scientology cannot grasp it, because they never understood
Christianity, which it is an outgrowth of, and improvement
upon. I have already identified the sarcasm level in the Sermon on the
Mount in the -Shakespeare' chapter, and remarked that people can only
remember Jesus as a man of sorrow, their sense of humor being so low.
People aren't up to laughing. A person's humor level is an indication of
how healthy that person is. When a person is so serious, that they do not
laugh, that means the person has lost the game. Please do not confuse
seriousness with sincerity, the latter being fabulous stuff.
If a person has 99% of his postulates on losing and 1% of his postulates
on winning, he will be deadly serious. That is what serious is. If a
person is into the spirit of play of things, in other words, amusement,
they have 335

about half of their postulates on winning and half on losing. That is a
pretty healthy game. If they are up in the true range of postulates, above
30 on the tone scale, then they have more postulates on winning than
losing.
Postulates exist between 30 and 40 on the Tone Scale; considerations
from 22 to 30 on the scale; opinions from 16 to 22 on the scale; and
Aesthetics occurs at 16.
It is my advice to walk away from too much seriousness. Not only is it
non-productive, it is a tunnel to nowhere.
Jesus humorously suggested that -you keep your own counsel'. There is
no way that you can stop doing so, so you had might as well recognize
that it is going on at above and below consciousness levels.
Consciousness itself is a game, and it is not addressed by Hubbard. He
mentioned sleep in 3 sentences. It is interesting to address the areas he
does not take up.
Consciousness is created by not-know. If you effort at putting a not-know
on something you will become conscious of it. I processed myself 2100
hours on consciousness in 1970-71, and that was the discovery at the
end of the journey. I am sure you have better things to do with 2100
hours, so you are welcome to this useful information. I was pretty dumb
back then, running the -epilogue' processes in this book. The ability I
got out of that was essentially to be able to control consciousness as
the scam it is as a substitute for know.
If you would follow Jesus' advice enough, you would find that self
counseling is going on on a continuous basis between you-the-deity and
you-the-performer, and having discovered this dialogue, perhaps get the
two of you into a harmonious basis instead of a games condition.
So, my recommendations and advice don't go much beyond this. If you
choose to follow the Lemurian code, that is your option. That was a code
that said you shouldn't interfere with the affairs of others except when
asked to, shouldn't violate other's property rights or property, shouldn't
accept anything you haven't earned or deserve, shouldn't profit at the
expense of another, shouldn't take from others by force, shouldn't
intentionally kill or injure another except in the defense of Life or
State, shouldn't advance positions except on performance alone, shouldn't
violate the sanctity of the home or women, etc. It is a pretty good code,
as far as codes go. It served Lemuria well for 42,000 years. I must
refrain from Moses memory on that code. I prefer the natural integrity of
instinct to any code. However, whatever code you subscribe to is your
business. The danger of codes is if you live you life behind them, and
there is a tragedy, and you say -the code did it' that will not be true.
You did it and hid behind a code. Codes are a good reminder, but they are
no substitute for instinct and a nose, and an alive person doing what is
perfectly correct.
The -Code of Honor' in Scientology is the last piece of another's advice
that I wish to bring up. It is full of a lot of nevers. I am not publishing
it here. To the degree you want to use it is your business, as Hubbard and I
wish to make overly clear. The 12th line is the most controversial:
336

-Never fear to hurt another in a just cause'. It is a wild line. It is hard
to clarify, because it is nuts. There are 3 alternates to the line: (1) Never
fear, (2) Never fear anything, and (3) If you are going to get involved with
just causes and abandon your own cause, don't fear to harm another for
that will cause it to happen. If you are interested in the Code of Honor
it is listed in Hubbard's -Creation of Human Ability', which is very
interesting reading, and was Hubbard at his zenith.
337

Life, Living, and Experience
Beyond the Physical Universe
One remains trapped in the physical universe to the degree one operates
in it on a monkey-see-monkey-do basis, within and by the laws of that
universe. The physical universe contains win/lose types of games,
apparently. For example, if a hunter kills a deer the hunter supposedly
wins and the deer supposedly loses. If you were to view this from
outside this universe, you would see that both actually lose.
Life outside the universe, which includes perception of what is going on
in this universe, is essentially sets of situations that one gets involved
in or not. These sets boil down to either everyone winning or everyone
losing. Outside this universe there are no situations where one wins and
another loses. The one winner-one loser point of view is a phenomenon
peculiar to this universe. Once one has risen above it, it seems so
childish and barbaric, that it is difficult to recreate. I am grateful that
this very wild idea is peculiar to this and only a few other physical
universes.
Life is not in the physical universe, nor is living. People are heavily
pretending that it is. People are engaged in activity in the physical
universe for experiences or sensations. Your preclear is usually not
aware of this, and will not discover it without a lot of work.
Hubbard approaches these and other subjects from viewpoints and opinions,
with the belief that absolutes are unobtainable. That is three
errors. One should look directly without a viewpoint as a via, stay above
22.0 on the tone scale, and notice that absolutes are attainable. Not only
are they obtainable, they are all-over, and are the only things that
people care about. If you were to go into a home where a woman is running
a vacuum cleaner, and ask her what she is doing and why, she is going to
give you a pile of absolutes, and nothing else. Here she is going pocata
pocata-pocata down this physical universe time track, shoving this machine
around with her animal body, because she is in this illusion that she is
obtaining some absolutes. And she is in her own universe. She is not in
the physical universe. Absolutes are obtainable in Life, but not too
much in the physical universe. Most people have life and the physical
universe collapsed. This lady will either have an absolute significance
of
-a clean house' or -a not dirty house' that she is in pursuit of, and that
is senior to the physical universe, as is she. But she doesn't know that.
Down in the physical universe she is either doing a not on an unclean
house, or she is doing an un on a dirty house. All anyone can ever do in a
physical universe is do an un or a not-un on an absolute significance. Yet
those absolutes are right there for the individual, because they are the
Life. So life is overlapped onto the physical universe, and people achieve
absolutes, but they do not obtain them in the physical universe. They may
employ absolutes in the physical universe, and often do. Willingness is an
absolute, it is not a gradient commodity. Gradient commodities of it do
exist, as a degradation of the absolute. There are gradient commodities of
all absolutes. They are not Life. They are the tools and toys of games in -
apparent living'.
So, Life, living, and experience beyond the physical universe is the urges,
realities, existence's, and unavoidable facts of the 7th through the 16th
dynamics. It is also part absolute in many of its senses. It is telepathic,
338

instead of mechanical. There are various stages people evolve through in
these ranges. There is an abundance of life, living and experience beyond
this physical universe. Some of it is independent of the physical universe,
and is of a higher wavelength or non-wavelength in nature. That is almost
irrelevant. What is relevant it that the life, living and experience beyond
the physical universe, is what is going on. There really isn't any going on
in the universe. It is just played against that backdrop stage. The play and
the actors are not the stage.
People are deluded that it is all related to this super dramatization (that
is all the physical universe is). The function of the physical universe might
be defined in part as a super-dramatization of life, living and experience.
In other words, an excessive, overly literal, overly heavy, manifestation of
what is dear and matters to people. A Stage wherein only uns and not uns are
banged out heavily, for all to see. That makes sense if someone, or all, were
still looking at and admiring the banging out of the uns and not uns. Now
that people have forgotten that it is a play that is going on, and that this
is a stage, they are taking it to be the real thing of life. People nowadays
take the physical universe apparency to be the real thing. They take it
seriously and believe it. They even proclaim it to be -reality'. Whole-
hearted and unquestioned serious belief in drama, this drama, called -the
physical universe', has caused a hell of a lot of confusion for 80 long that
this theater is beginning to have the pall of death in it. The play is even
reducing and getting worse, for the life outside the theater has been left
unattended by so many. Frankly, I've always enjoyed good theater, and still
do, but most of the other players
are bitching about agony and stuff like that.
In fact and -truth', the average man on the street would consider me
crazy, and himself quite sane. The rules of the game he subscribes to
require him to make such an unkind declaration. He would explain that
he is sane with the marvelous proof of beating his animal's hand against
a wall. At the point he is feeling the most impact, he would proclaim -
This
wall is real, because I can feel it.' Isn't that a marvelous proof. One
should restrain oneself from pity, because pity is the cruelest thing you can
flow at someone. Proof is the second most aberative thing in existence. So
let the heavy actors-gone-mad bang on their walls. It is all they have been
doing for trillions of years. Anyone that is doing that kind of thing,
banging on walls, or believing the physical universe, does not have
enough. It is that horribly simple. They do not have enough. That is the
why of the physical universe and its believers.
People get their scarcities and their excessive quantities backwards,
because they get their lives and their truth backward. If a person is
proclaiming with strong emotion, that they have too much of something,
the truth is they have too little, or they would not have that act going. The
act is a substitute for the truth and fact. Acts balance out undischarged
dichotomies. Thus the Physical Universe, which is a series of acts,
balances out the spiritual inequities of spiritual qualities and quantities
of
spiritual substances, absolutes. If a person is proclaiming, with strong
emotion, that they have too little of something, the truth of the matter
is that there is too much of it there for them. Most people are not up to
admitting this obvious fact of human nature.
Examples are almost endless. They go out from 9 to 5 and see the bad
guys winning over the good guys. When they get home instead of reading
339

about that, they want to watch TV shows where the good guys win over the
bad guys. Or you have some poor bereaved woman in the suburbs,
surrounded by wealth, getting alimony checks for $5,000 a month, and
she is going bananas that she has to have more money, for -she is on the
brink of poverty.' She is worried about every dime. The world is full of
people like that. It is the rule, and not the exception. It is so
widespread, that I would advise you against working with wealthy people, for
they are the poorest people on planet earth. Those who do not have any
wealth
with give you 10,000 gifts. The wealthy will usually barely pay at all, for
-they are so poor'. The majority of them will treat you like a plumber. If
you bring an individual from nothing to his own wealth, he will usually -
give you anything you want for the rest of your life in gratitude'. A dozen
or so of those is more wealth than anyone would ever need. I had a
neighbor a while back worth $10 million who could not sleep nights for
fear of starvation from when he was 13 and he was starving. logically,
it would be prudent for him to enjoy the rest of his life, but he cannot
because of the pain on the incident when he was starving and -didn't
have enough money'. This man has too much money, and cannot handle
the money he has. It is wild to hear them rant and rave about how horrible
it is that they don't have much money. Actually the $6.00 in their wallet
is too much money for them. If you burn a $100 bill in front of them,
they'd get real upset. These people feel they have stolen the stuff. They
consider that they really didn't earn it, did not contribute enough for
it. That is how low these people's self-esteem is. It is really quite
amazing. The generosity of the wealthy is laughable at best. One of the
hardest case complexities I have ever worked on took four days, and I did
27 repair actions on this fellow in Beverly Hills. He is so thrilled to at
last have his -entire life straightened out' he gives me a $50.00 check in
addition beaming with pride.
That is laughable. He has millions in banks and you fix everything on him
and he says that is worth $50. He is saying he is worth $50. It is pathetic. I
did about half the amount of work on another fellow who can barely
afford to eat, and he says -this is not right, my paying you a flat fee, I
want to get you a Mercedes'. I tell you these stories for a reason. That
someone thinks of themselves, which is life outside the physical universe,
matters
a hell of a lot more than anything in the physical universe, including
millions of dollars in banks.
Life, living, and experience beyond the physical universe is a
continually pleasurable adventure of joy and interchange, with a much
smaller degree of suffering, agony and mishap than living in this
universe. Living above the physical universe involves pan-determinism,
ethical activity, and involvement in games where everyone wins. It
requires a relusal to play games where everyone loses.
Time does not really cloud perception of whether it is an all-win or all
lose game. It has been alleged that you could have an all-win game for 8
hours (drugs), but it is actually an all-lose if you look at it in the time
frame of a week. A life outside the physical universe includes, not only all
time, but all the whiles there are.
340

Universe #2, The Next One Out
The primary game at this level is a game with the range of reality on
absolutes, and what is done is the absolutes are duplicated or
misduplicated. At this level, people don't get into activities to un or not
un an absolute. They are simply exchanging absolute significance's,
trading them, and duplicating them at a pretty rapid rate. This involves
and yields alot of pleasure and enjoyment, and thus there are alot of
manifestations and perceptions in that universe. Perception,
consciousness, growth, and activity are options. Force and power,
although they are challenged by opponents, are not generally manifested.
So it is a game of duplication and mis-or-not duplication, and those
that fail or fall behind in it are called laggards. They end up falling
into something known as -the false world', which is this physical
universe. There has been alot of promotion of the idea that you leave
this universe
and arrive at the next universe out. Actually, you can co-exist in both
of them. Once a person has been adequately audited, they will realize
that they are doing this already, and the necessity to leave this
physical universe evaporates. Further they realize that all they have in
this universe is viewpoints, and that they can make as many of those as
they wish, and wherever they wish. occasionally they decide to leave
anyway,
for the fun of it. After a person has left, other people will keep what
they consider the person to be around. The person can then drop in and
visit that thing other people keep there as you. This is a very humorous
situation, where a person has already left the physical universe, is no
longer here at all, but all of the friends keep mocking him up as here, so
one does drop in occasionally to see how their mock up is doing. May I
suggest that that is all that has been going on for quite a while?
There are messengers that come down from the next universe out in
response to appeals. For example after a decade of praying from a fellow
in this universe -for someone in the next universe out to appear', the
fellow usually gets his wish, and the magic man appears. The magic man
will display just as much truth and magic as the observer wants, no more
or less. When the observer has no more use for the magic man, the
-outsider' will vanish. These types of intrusions from higher realities
into lower realities are pleasurable on both sides. It reaffirms one's
suspicion that there is good will amongst all life at all levels. Sometimes
such intrusions are necessary to move a growth (like a civilization) along.
For instance, Nicholas Tesla, about 70 years ago, as a prodigal genius,
just suddenly invented alternating current, the turbine jet engine, the
radio, and about 40 other things that comprise what we know in this century
as -modern civilization'. So, much of what we know as modern civilization
was just laid on us by one man. All he cared about was that this would be
gotten out to be used by all men as fast as possible. He was not
interested in money or ladies. He insisted in assigning these royalties,
patents, and fortunes to Mr. Edison and Mr. Westinghouse, that these be
applied and used by all mankind. That is what he cared about. I suspect
someone before that time cried into the night about there being too much
darkness in the world. It would be redundant to mention how much people
wanted to see the barbarism that was Rome come to an end, and so the
famed carpenter-of-all-time did arrive and do so. These are the
facts of life, pleasant or otherwise, about the next universe out, and
the effects of appeals to their population.
341

Harmony
Harmony is a musical term meaning that something else has been
produced from chords and sounds. This is also called synergy, or
synergism. It is when you add two things and get three instead of two.
When you add two live things, like people in a marriage, you either get
synergism or the opposite. Linear thinking and linear mathematics are of
the physical universe and thusly highly degraded. It is a bad way to
arrange or compute if you are dealing with anything alive. things that
are alive should be treated, computed, and arranged exponentially. If you
combine two things that are alive, like in a marriage, you are going to
either get each contributing 75% and taking back 50% (disharmony) or each
contributing 50% and taking back 75% (harmony). This works out perfectly
with exponential math, but makes no sense with linear math. So, there is
either harmony/synergy or disharmony/antipathy when you
mix two live elements, whether those are notes or people.
It takes a bit if space, dignity, presence, and perspicacity to rise senior
to the mechanics of existence, and declare, as a prime postulate: -I am
going to have good luck, and live in harmony with myself, my fellows,
the universes, the dynamics, and stay out of theta's way.' A person
would do something like that, only after they have come through the
fundamental
logic triangles, and realized that there is no point in being aberrated.
This discovery is usually followed by the decision to no longer be
aberrated.
Most people are actually aberrated because they figure that it is the
only was to get sensation (which is the pay of this universe). The moment
they realize that they can create their own sensations far in excess of
what anybody could ever deliver to them on a via, then they rise above
this particularly bad social habit of maintaining aberration on any
dynamic for themselves.
Living a life based on harmony is more fruitful than one of disharmony
and dissonance. Dissonance has its occasional uses, but those are rare.
Linear mathematics is a manifestation of this-physical universe type of
thinking. Anything that is alive would follow compound interest tables,
or exponential mathematics. In other words, anything alive is self
multiplying. You would know you are dealing with a physical universe and
its components, if it follows linear laws, like 2 apples and 2 equals 4
apples. You would know you are dealing with something alive, like a
kernel of wheat, if it follows exponential laws. A kernel of wheat will
multiply itself a 100 times in not too long a time. It is amusing to note
that there are people that are concerned about eating the rest of their
lives, and even relate this to money. If they were to get 100 lbs of
nitrogen-packed red winter wheat, a sprouter, a driveway sized piece of
land with access to water, they would not be able to eat what they were
producing, it would be so much. Maybe I am repeating myself. A while
back this was attempted as an explanation about loaves and fishes feeding
a multitude and that analogy failed. Suffice it to say, people don't do this, as
they are having more fun chasing all this artificial money around, so
they think. A little life multiplies out to a hell of alot if it is given what
it needs.
342

It is best to live a life of harmony when you are dealing with anything alive or
the next universe out; it is best to appear to be linear in the universe which
is linear.
The next universe out is exponential, so you might deal with it as such.
This universe is linear, and you should deal with it as such. So, you might
as well let the : illusion roll on, by being linear in the linear world. I
recall Jesus: -Give those things to Caesar which belong to Caesar, and those
things to God which belong to him.' It is an impartial quote. He went on
to say -Give those things to John that belong to John, and to Timothy
that which belongs to Timothy'. The guy went on with a whole list of
names. Now that is a fun way to live. I gave this big diamond back to
the
fellow it really belonged to. It was a 5 digit financial matter. I had
bought the stone and then searched around for whose it really was. I found
the person six states away. It was a hippie, and I gave this guy the stone,
because it belonged to him. It is a great way to live, to give things that
belong to people and universes, to them. I suppose some outside observer
might have said -you should have kept the stone and sold it for $12,000
and given the money to the poor.' That tells alot about the person who
would say that. That was Judas Iscariot's complaint and pitch. Such
advice would come only from a person unwilling to make a mistake, or to
go up to waste or above on money. On such a person, material existence
has been so strenuous on them, so agonizing for them that they are
unwilling to do what is spiritually appropriate and materially foolish.
Living in harmony with other people and within various universes is
basically the activity of allowing others the right to their own illusions
and deceptions.
If they want to consider that you are a nut, freak, con-artist, unflat-drug
addict, or megalomaniac, or whatever, it is not only another person'
right, it is essentially a remark about what they think of themselves.
You should always recognize other's comments about you as such. It is in
poor taste to get into a game with another over their supposed opinion of
you. You should let everyone continue to consider as they wish about
their own heaven or hell, as the case may be, and live in harmony with
them and their considerations. Many times if you go in to straighten
someone else out, and they are most eager to be -the winner', that the
work you
are doing is a set-up, and the game was -getting you'. This is
clinically known as an -ulterior transaction'. Ulterior transactions are
common. You get to live in harmony with them too. If someone asks you
out to
dinner, and the food is going to be you, and you don't like that idea,
just say no.
Meat body societies are quite famous for conquering and destroying
operating thetans. In fact, there is little to no evidence of an operating
thetan ever winning over a meat body society. They just trap thetans like
mad. That is one of the things they were designed to do. So, if you are
going to operate as a Static and thetan, both outside and inside this
universe, you would be wise not to take the bait presented by the meat
body-societies. It is usually presented repeatedly on each dynamic until
you are listed as -unwritable business' by this group mind.
If someone comes along and wants to introvert you or to comment on
you, notice that they are not talking about you. It is an illegitimate lie
that 343

there is really something going on here, other than a whole lot of solitaires.
When you are talking to someone else there are four things going on
actually. There is your side of it where (1) you perceive the person
flowing to you and (2) you flowing back. There is his side of it where he
(3) perceives you flowing to him and (4) he flowing to you. These two
sets of perceptions, his and yours, are two different universes, his and
yours. The two universes produce an appearance. The two people get
deluded
into thinking that there is some big, agreed-upon physical universe in
which this is happening. It is not. But some think it is, and create it
so. If you subscribe to this particular idea of things going on in a
physical universe, you will then actually engage in flowing particles in
that
universe, and you are going to end up solid as a result. If energy flows at a
receipt point for a long time, then the energy builds up on that point, or
person. This is the order of the day for people. You see this nice couple at
thirty, and thirty years later they look like each other. It is because of
all of that solid communication they have been flowing at each other in the
physical universe. This is an appearance universe only, and actually
playing in the physical universe on a real basis has a very high cost.
You don't have to flow in the physical universe. You can, on the 7th
dynamic switchboard, let other people think that you are flowing, and
they will think you are flowing and mock it up that way on their two
lines they see between you and them. They are going to think you are
flowing, whether
you do or not. So there is no point in doing it, for all it does is make
you solid, motionless, and incapable of decision. In fact you can
completely disappear, and other people will mock you up as there. You can
actually
be gone, and yet other people will still think you are there. Ironically,
everyone could have left this universe, and what remains could be nothing
left but machines clanking back and forth at each other. But that has not
quite fully happened yet. I suggest you study the event-horizon theory of
black holes, if the idea of how far gone this universe is intrigues you.
We are 99% to that point, to where nothing escapes the event-horizon of
this universe, and most of the intelligent people got out long ago. Yet it
threatens to collapse into it over two thirds of the other universes and
over half of theta.
This physical universe was played start to finish, the whole game. It is
about 4.6 quadrillion years long. Year is a doubled measure of time. It
means 2 things. On earth it is the time it takes the earth to go around
the sun. The other meaning is a galactic year. That is the time it takes
the earth to go around the galaxy. I believe that is 100 million earth-
years.
The duration I list on the physical universe is galactic years. That is a
hell of a long time. After the game played out, it repeated. This is the
626th repeat,
This is about 95% done, this repeat of the cycle. We have 5% of the time left
for this particular physical universe dramatization. That still gives us many
trillions of years to go. On each repeat of the cycle, it gets sloppier,
there is less free will.
Of course, Hubbard never figured this out, and he never took an engram
chain earlier than this repeat, and ran them in the original run of this
universe. Further, he never took the chain earlier back to the basic on
the chain, which is the magic track, or earlier, before individuation.
Since he 344

has never done or heard of a clean engram chain run back to the basic
incident, it is understandable that he cannot comprehend how anyone
can sit down and get 500-700 divisions of TA and charge off a being (10
divisions he considers superb) in an hour, or that there is about 40,000
divisions of charge on a normal Scientology case from life repair to OT7,
or that there are 400,000 divisions of charge on a case from walking in
the door to being a 12th degree master.
A 12th Degree Master can lay a body down, shut its heart off for 5 hours,
and come back and turn it on, or raise the dead, or blow up a Siberian
Nuclear Complex, by decision. What is funny about this is a 12th degree
master may not be able to get a job, raise corn, and be a good marriage
partner. In processing a 12th degree master, this is what they want
fixed. They do not care about being God, they already are. They want to
be able to fix a car. And the people that fix cars want to be gods.
Apparently the grass is always greener on the other side of the fence. It
is also funny, that Hubbard, the man with the pitch of -broader
horizons', has incredibly narrow vision. Apparently when he challenged
many a Master and they drove a spiritual stake through his groin, he has
noticed no
change. I recall him aging about 20 years overnight, and his response to
it was for me to -shut up' and he muttered about make-up. So much for the
humor of mastery, and the cost of never running an engram to basic. (Basic
is the first time the idea was there).
Hubbard's appearance and what he is doing is somewhat a part of the
recordings of the physical universe repeating itself. If you are to live
in harmony with this phenomenon of the repeating physical universe, you
should recognize that there is free will, where people can violate the 6th
dynamic repeating itself. My writing this book is somewhat an option.
Sometimes the physical universe recording will write it. Sometimes at this
point, I don't write it. Sometimes it doesn't get written. Sometimes it is
written by another. One can recall how the future worked out with each of
these alternatives. Either way, in any decision, the responsibility for
any action can be traced out. As in dropping a pebble into a pond, the
ripples and consequences of any action can be extrapolated out through all
time. When you can do that then you can talk about the responsibility for
an action. Prior to that it is best-efforts chat.
One of the biggest jokes around is that everybody is already, to some
degree, an OT, if not full OT. Getting someone to admit that is a real
clever trick, because you have then trapped him into a lot of
responsibility at that point, if he is dumb enough to take it. It is not
hard to do. It is how you assign the hat of managing a planet to someone.
What you do is go ahead and make sure that they get their auditing and
graduate up above what Scientology was, is, or will be. After that is done,
just make up an OT project. Like causing an earthquake in California, or run
a schoolbus off a mountain, or get a U.S. Ambassador shot in Africa. Assign
this guy this project, whatever it is.
Some people would object to these projects, and of course that is what he
will be erasing to get the events to occur. It is really amazing to see the
emotionalism these meatbodies put out. It is only exceeded by their double-
standards. The meat bodies run like a pack of wolves on emotionalism. Anyone
that is a strong subscriber to the meat-body cult (It is no accident they
call Scientology a -cult') would think that those three example projects are
horrible. They think it is horrible to harm meat
345

bodies out there. Of course, they do not blink an eye about killing every
religious man that ever tried to help this planet. Hubbard didn't have to be
killed physically. The meat-body cult and its subscribers got other spirits
to kill him spiritually. They don't bat an eye over it, they just say -oh,
gee, that is real sad', and drop $10 in a box on Sunday, and that makes it
all OK. But for some spirit to go harm meat bodies, Oh God
forbid! Of course, this mentality is from folks who load there shotguns up
to go kill God's creatures on weekends, or their mates who are just there
for the cash. That is the double standard of the meat-body cult
subscribers. They strongly object to killing for fun, because that is
what they do, and, unfortunately that is about all they can do. They
would be very shocked to see what their great idol, Jesus, did later to
the man who took the whip across his eyes in the flogging, or how much
hate a man like that can feel, having felt that much love.
Anyway, you give the guy a project to go crunch up some of these semi
precious meat bodies. He'll run off all of his objections to this thing
happening, and then every one else's objections. It will take him about
900-950 hours on his first one, 50 hours on his second, and ten seconds
on his third. After he has caused the event, and proved to himself he can
operate as a thetan, you say to him: -Is this whole game pre-recorded?'
and he will agree, and mention he ran across it in taking the objections
down and getting everyone's agreement that it would be optimum to
occur. Then say -If this is all prerecorded, and any time you drop a pebble
in a pond it effects all of history, in other words one event effects all
other events, then for you to change that one event, and in taking
responsibility for it, then you probably know the whole track of all things
that have occurred, do occur, and will occur throughout the physical
universe?' He will examine with a sheepishly nod, and very softly say -
yes'. So then you say, -Well look, since you know the totality of it, can
take responsibility for any event by extrapolation, and cause any event,
then aren't you a full OT now? The fact that you could change one thing,
proves you had to know all the other things because they are all hooked
together.' The man will then hee-haw, grind, and get nervous. What you have
just done is you have turned a miserable, questioning, curious, flippant
student into a God at that point. He is far beyond what others consider God
to be at that point. I mean what is this guy going to do, go
drink a bottle of Vodka? He has just realized that he knows it all, and
can do anything he wants with it. So there is one more OT -in this
universe' at that point.
-In this universe' is sort of a humorous remark, because he is not in this
universe anymore. To cause events to occur one has to rise above this
dramatization. The guy certainly doesn't do these actions in it. He'll
just adjust something in reality which will cause a change in the
appearance. He will cause changes by as-ising the precoded alternate to
what he
wants to occur. For a fellow in this range, or for anyone, to engage in
alterisness, except to achieve more as-isness, is a severe violation of
ethics, It is irrational conduct. It is just stupid to engage in
alterisness. With this pass-the-buck transfer of planetary management going
on, one should still try to live in harmony. Sometimes the deadness of
things gets to be too much, and you can go out and play warrior for a few
years and get it out of your system. It is interesting to observe the
similarities between Alexander-the great, King Arthur, and Lawrence of
Arabia. Here
is a guy that just loves to go out and raise hell and conquer the world
346

periodically. Yet in each instance there is intelligence, poetry,
sensitivity, introversion, and a huge ego. Yet in all three instances, this
apparent savagery was progress for mankind. The King of Persia (could that
have
been Mr. Hubbard?) didn't care for what happened, but a uniform language
had to be established or the well-planned -Christianity' could not
proceed. Maybe that is why he burned those books that were so dear to
the King. Hubbard complains enormously about this fellow, Alexander,
calling him a raving maniac. I suppose it is because he lost alot of
gold, libraries, and an old religious con-game that he had going at the
time. He
did not like that civilization being wiped out flippantly. It is quite a
sight to see 20,000 horsemen with shields reflecting sunlight come through
over 1 million men in about 3 hours. It is quite a sight. Speed so easily
conquers size, and always will.
As I was saying, if the harmony gets too much for you after your bridge is
done, you can go out and get involved in warfare's for personal
amusement. All games are for amusement only. But I really would not
recommend any long adventure or intrusion into dissonance or
disharmony, as one can get trapped into it. So, my fundamental advice is
don't play games you can't win. I could not stress or underline what I
just
said enough. I don't see any value in losing. Alot of our culture suggests
there is some value in losing, and so people are out there, chasing some
ethereal absolute, trying to prove there is something neat about
suffering, agonizing, struggling, having a hard time, and being poor.
Those are things that a person has to work through and rise above. After
they have risen above them, it is a hell of a shock to find out the world
is full of flippant people, who throw around massive sums of money, that
they do
not care about at all. If one were to work most of their life, and then
encounter someone giving millions to a guy who gives it all to prostitutes,
it could be alarming to the work-all-your-life mentality, and it is. So,
you should not get too entrenched into any one viewpoint on existence as
the right way to live. It is better to live in harmony. These intrusions
into disharmony are often unnecessary. It is best to handle most things by
as isness as an operating thetan. Of course, if warfare does break out, the
quicker the war is conducted, the less net suffering will result, so you
should conclude all wars quickly. Don't ever fight a war you cannot win.
Alot of social and other arrangements had to be made for this book to be
published. The climate had to be arranged so that pure, straight, honest
truth could be communicated without elaboration.
Scientology is similar to Christianity in that the truth is hidden in
there, to where -those who have eyes to see, can see; and those who have
ears
to hear can hear'. It is sort of insulting to give people a pile of
mysteries and suggest that they sort through all the cow-dung, to find the
pearls. It is probably a comment by those two writers of their opinion of
their
fellow man. I don't see anything wrong in giving pearls to people. Jesus
said not to cast pearls before swine. I disagree with that philosophy. I
think there are enough pearls to choke down the throat of all the swine
that are out there, because there are more pearls than there are swine. I
would suspect Jesus advice was appropriate for the time, as the folks he
was talking to were short on pearls, and long on swine. Times have
changed. The people I am talking to are long on pearls, and will not even
acknowledge swine. The Romans, their soldiers, their -order', and their
rightness are not with any of us anymore. Let us live in a successful and
fruitful peace of harmonious kindness. To the degree that you can create
347

your environment thus, to that degree, you are the land, and the kingdom,
and You.
348

The Final Deceit: Persistences
Persistences are the final deceit: It is and was considered that one
can't hold and idea forever, and if one were to try, one would get tired.
A mechanical system was developed so that an idea would stick and stay in
place. We have this system in the physical and our own universe. Thus we
have persistences, of ideas. There are two ways to live: (1) is to create
knowing and activity, and (2) to rely on existing persistences of ideas.
The former is a conscious and active creation, the latter is mechanical
and automatic.
Let us take the example of a love affair.
If it persists that you love someone, it will just stay there, and you do
not have to knowingly create that love. If you have to create it, then you
would have what is known as eternal, truthful love (which is above time).
This latter type will be there forever if it is created as such. The latter
type eliminates the idea of loss, in most instances. Normally, the only
things that d person will or can lose are persistences- things that persist.
Thus, the win/lose subject is tied up with persistences. It is a deceit.
(Normally most grief evaporates upon finding the loss of motion or mass;
only occasionally will you have to find the lost quality or abandoned goal
to get a secondary to erase).
It is very doubtful that you are going to lose anything that is true. There
seems to be little sense in owning or having truth, which is a curious
additive that people often engage in. To the degree that a person gets
embroiled and involved with persistences, those persistences will flow
back at him, due to the inherent confusion of the communication formula
(duplication and beingness occur at both ends of the communication
line). Thus if you if you are having and owning a persistent idea, it will
have and own you, and this is by degrees. If you start having solid things,
they will start hating you, proportionally. This is one of the reasons
vacations are so desirable, for it is a relief to get away from all the
stuff one is busy owning (house, car, job, money and so forth).
Owning is kind of a gyp because no one can really own anything
completely in the physical universe. The physical universe already owns
all of its contents. This factor alone, makes living in it the majority of
the time less than paradise. The physical universe is just here for you so
you can try owning it.
Persistent data is data that just sticks there for you. It is there for you
to look at. It does not vanish when you look at it. You do not have to
recreate it, after having looked at it once. It stays there when you look at
it. Such data, for this phenomenon to occur, must contain at least one lie
(or you are not looking, a valence is looking instead of you). If things do
not unmock, or stay there as an obvious contrast to you, then you have a via
(machinery, valence, circuitry) on your looking. This contrast should be
clear as day and twice as bright. For example, look at man being self
determined. That is there to look at a second time, so it is persistent
data and it is a lie. Book at man being pan-determined, and look a second
time at that. you have to create it, do you not? If this distinction is no
obvious to you, after 15 minutes to 2 hours of drilling on it, you have
additives on your looking. Look at whether Hubbard discovered
349

Scientology or whether we all created it long ago. Suffice it to say if
the idea vanishes, and you have to keep recreating it to look at, then
there is truth there. There is objective and subjective truth. Do not
confuse the
two. It might vanish for you subjectively that I wrote this book, but it
will not objectively. Objectively, what vanishes is either we all did or I
just remembered it. Both vanishing proves there is more than one truth, an
often occurring fact. 99% of your philosophers went to hell in a
breadbasket on the false assumption that there is one truth. There is
usually alot more than one. With this ability to make and find the
distinction between truth and lies, by this mechanical test (known as
the -acid test' by men of truth), I would trust you are hereby
indemnified
from entrapment for eternity on any and all seas of data that you find. It
is more important than auditing. Because, without this ability, auditing
cannot and does not occur. Hubbard, and everyone in his church, never
came near using or applying this, and thus did miss many, if not all the
boats. It is appalling beyond the wildest stretch of the imagination that
nobody else alive has figured this out, that Hubbard recalled it and
built technical processes around it but never understood it, that Jesus
proclaimed that we -should know the truth, and the truth will make you
free' and did not tell his brethren HOW. It is shocking that I have only
taught 2 dozen people this -acid test', and freed them to infinity
thereby, and it has never taken more than 2 hours to where they can find
the truth in 5-15 seconds, on any area they are not aberrated on. I do it
on every preclear before we do any auditing, and it is interesting to
note each one finds it more valuable than the decades and $30,000 or more
they invested in the lie-wading contest known as the Church of
Scientology, which even has -persisting wins' that they have the audacity
and gall to be proud of. By definition, any persisting win is a lie, and
a gross technical error and should be repaired that day. That is the -
secret' of church auditing -case gain': restimulate and move someone back
on the track to where he was more alive, make technical errors to stick
him there, and he feels fixedly different and better. Unfortunately, he
can't do much after that, but he feels better. The preclears want just
the opposite to happen and prevail over this technique often, and get
real gain in spite of mice, men, and screwball technology.
We have a world built on persistences, and you would be prudent to live
in some kind of harmony with them, giving Caesar his due, and that
makes for good clean communication cycles with the outside world.
When things start going haywire and people start having difficulties
with their lives, they simply have too many persistences and not enough
truth going on. They need to get some relief from the persistences
(lies,
bypassed charge) and discover the truths that underlie each of these lies.
You see, the lies get all their force from the power and life inherent in
the underlying truths. So in the undoing of the lies, the truths are found.
This is my definition of -auditing'. People come back alive, and start
living and creating well when they have truth instead of lies under their
belt. Auditing is not just clearing up someone's difficulties. It is
raising the ability and condition of another from lying to being truthful.
My favorite definition of wealth is the truth you are, and are aware of.
That is a very workable definition. In the book of Thomas, Jesus
mentioned with mild cruelty that those that are in poverty are poverty.
I suppose it is only cruel to poverty. I recalled the line when I was in
poverty and was poverty, washing dishes for $8.00 a day, and quit. I
made 350

over a $1000 in the stock market with borrowed money the next two
weeks. It is a high level truth of his that is a key to persistences. What
you are in, if you protest it, you begin being as a consequence, so to
untangle this ball of string, you must first undo being that you protest
before you can change the condition. Taking things apart going-back-through-
time is more workable than taking things apart going-forward-in-time.
Sometimes you have to do both. There is nothing wrong with juggling the
two, and working with it, as long as you get it resolved. The only thing
sacred about techniques is that you do them properly, in the right
order, and finish what you start. There is nothing wrong with -vignette
bridges', going from life repair to OT7 on spinach in an hour. 'The idea
that one process will handle something is a wrong, stupendous error.
Nothing is handled until the preclear says it is handled. Some things,
like my personal rudiments, took over a 1000 processes. Obviously, Mr.
Hubbard and I disagree on this point, and rather violently, on both sides.
I walked out of his church forever in 1974, after I had given a session in
which I used incident running (R3R) on rudiments, which the preclear
proclaimed to be the finest session he had ever had, glad to get it fixed
after 11 years of the same thing coming up for 11 years, and so forth.
This matter went by telex to him for decision. What I had done he said was
wrong. If someone else was signing his Telexes, that is even more hideous,
and of course they were, as he was on his back in bed. 'The point in the
anecdote is that using more than one process to handle
something is not unusual, it is necessary if the preclear does not
declare -all-is well', and the desertion of preclears by confining them
to one process in handling something is a far greater sin than abandoning
a friend in his struggle to symbolize mankind's oldest dream, even if it
is his life's work, even if there was love. For Hubbard, the definition
of greatness is -loving in spite of...'; for me, it is -honoring the best
and finest of what you have seen, by creating, defending and establishing
those manifestations of perfection'. So, to each his own egomaniac
greatness. With such different definitions, it was growth for both that
we kissed off.
Jesus was only cruel to the idea of poverty, not the people.
True wealth is how much truth you access, and manifest.
You do get paid for it in this world, not the next, but it takes a little
while to happen. It took me 12 years, from the manifestation to the silly
dollars. Persistence in action is completely different from persistence of
data.
The former is admirable, the latter involves lies. If a person is persistent
on a given course, and stays with something on through to its completion,
regardless of what comes up, then you would know that the fellow is very
determined and alive. There are some very tenacious people out there,
and this factor alone carries mankind through all of his tribulations. It is
a very admirable trait. There is nothing wrong with using it to get the job
of auditing done.
I suppose a very comfortable existence in life could be created on the
basis of 25% not-is-ness, 25% is-ness, 25% alter-isness, and 25% as
isness. Normally a preclear, when they walk in the door, is into an
excess of 99% not-isness.
351

If they have been through the Church of Scientology, or had their L's
done, trained auditors, then they probably have taken this all too
seriously, and you will find that what is wrong with them is they have
very heavy persistences. You may have to coach these off, as truth is a
foreign commodity to them. They have certificates, you see. Status means
you don't have to look in society, too.
Getting certificates from a church is like getting diplomas from a
university, in that it reflects a degree of asking permission to survive
from others. In auditing a preclear with this lifetime church track, they
are going to have the time of their life just coming out of not-isness,
for they will have loads of persistences coming off. Once they are out of
that condition of existence, you will find that they will have a very
difficult time having truth, because this type of, case uniformly is at
substitute on the havingness scale. Thus they have substituted
persistences for truth, and are used to that.
Really tough cases, whether from the church or not, will take lies over
truth at every turn. In about 20% of the population, if you were to ask in
a session or over a beer, -Why don't you straighten all this out?', the
reply will be the lie: -I don't want to, I'd rather screw it up?' You might
think that they don't mean it, but they do. You have just been a witness to
-the divine-right-of-emotion', in action. That right is the person's right
to go to hell. You can let them, or you can clear it out of the way by
offering to assist them in that endeavor. I used to do the latter, now I do
the former. In clearing it you could also indicate it is a lie and repeat
the question, with a -You don't really mean that as the absolute truth in
this matter, do
you...I can see that is how you feel, but is this the absolute truth you
want, to 'screw it up?'. If you get high off saving victims, or have large
cash needs, you can work with this 20% of the population. I pass on working
with them. A half a dozen of them is enough to turn anyone of good heart
sour on auditing, and into a Hemmingway or Hubbard fatalism about one's
neighbors.
The only permanent solution in dealing with persistences is (1) to put
truth on the line, (2) then get truth discovered, and then (2) get truth
out in the open as a way of life. By doing enough recreation of the
original truths, a person attains the state to where they find that they
have created the truth in itself. They can then create all the truth they
want. I would counsel one against using persistent solutions to solve
persistent problems as much as possible. It is better to use some truth.
I beg you not to confuse a condition (roaches in an apartment) with a
problem (two things opposite each other that do not belong that way).
352

The Death Of The Gods
There have been some powerful operating thetans which, in the past,
which designed -theta traps'. Some of these were successful forms of
entrapment, in that they are evident in people and their conduct today.
The 3 most prominent ones are these dichotomies: (1) good/evil, (2)
survive/succumb, and (3) love/hate. Most, if not all, people have spent
their entire existence and time in the physical universe looking through
one of these only. It is sort of your own -dark glass' you look through.
I have been terribly prone to (3) love/hate, as is evidenced by my
thoughts on Hubbard, my performance, and my contempt for the ignorance
that involvement in the other dichotomies is. This personal -dark glass',
or Achilles heel, that each person has is erasable through auditing.
Unfortunately, until it is, it is the only meaningful context on which
the individual can be addressed or appealed to. The purpose of these 3
theta traps was to eliminate the competition and to render the recipient
blind
and ineffective as an operating thetan. One of these three, at the least,
got laid into them prior to any involvement in this physical universe, and
it gets reinforced once they are in it, and it accumulates engrams locks and
secondaries (not to mention GPMs, Reliable items and Service facsimiles)
very rapidly. If you would talk to people about these three, you will find
that although each of the three can be restimulated up to being
important, only one do they care about and perform upon. Thus society is
composed of (1) ethical moralists, (2 calculating opportunists, and (3)
romantics, as the result of this implanting. Different dichotomies
prevail over the entire culture of earth at different decades in history.
The
good/evil one has dominated the majority of history, where every 100,
and every thousand, years people pair up ¯n sides on this one and fight it
out. The 1980s appear to be created on the survive/succumb.
What I want to talk about here is that things like those 3, in other
words, games can and have been set up like this, and the being (s) that
created them can depart or die, and the game goes on forever, since he is
not around to close it off, and no one else closes the game off either.
Perhaps the human condition was made this way. Odds on that would be very
strong. Such is a really wild situation. Eight Billion years ago, off the
Clarion Star Group, the Clarion Conspiracy successfully stopped time for a
day, and it shot the hell out of everyone's havingness, and in that state,
alot of people were implanted. The beings that did that cannot take it
apart, as they do not exist at any real level as beings anymore. One can
harm others until you do not exist at any level anymore.
These beings flickering out of existence is not due to overts, withholds,
or karma. It is due to theta playing a game as theta against theta as
mest. The being just turns into mest. That is what mest is. It is either
old or committed theta. Whether any of that mest is convertible back into
theta, whether any of that theta is convertible from mest back into theta
a
beings, I would like to leave as conjecture (but it is not conjecture
really, for nuclear physics and the other -mad sciences' are understandable
in
this light), to a major extent. I have audited people that have fully
been mest before and have cycled back to theta. They did not like it too
much; they got tired of being a rock.
The actual beings involved in that particular spiritual quandary and
conflict, that we are faced with on this planet, have gone into hiding,
353

using an encoded communications system to maintain their present control.
Most of the powerful beings that have ruled this galaxy have gone into
hiding, and cannot be located except by a very clever OT. They use a code
system that they alone designed and no one else has broken yet, and that
is how they maintain control. It is a very clever trick for these fellows
to leave their posts unoccupied, and unoccupiable. For instance, let us
say there was an emperor of a galaxy who, when he saw he was about to be
overthrown, encoded his entire job, existence, and control
lines. He then just disappears as an operating thetan. ;He still runs
the place, but on a 1-way communication line. He observes what is going
on, causes changes to occur in societies, but there is no way you can
ever locate the guy to straighten him out. If the two top rulers of the
Markabian and Galactic Confederation both did this, and were both
walking the streets chuckling, the Aquinas era idea that the earth was
the center of a very large system would have validity, if those bastards
are here, on this planet. The Markabian emperor disappeared in his being
overthrown 212626 years ago, and has not been seen since.
That is one aspect of gods dying that has some unpleasant ramifications.
As an operating thetan if you do not like the game you would naturally
try to change it. In these attempts at changing games you will uncover
games that were installed by beings that are either no longer with us, or
are in hiding and essentially inaccessible. Thus is unsatisfactory, so
you would set out to find out where they are, and would have to be very
clever with the subject of truth and not get caught in any persistences,
for they have
a vested interest in your not finding out or finding them. This can and
has been done.
The human race has good reason to feel hostility for gods.
The human meat bodies, with the genetic entities that build them, have had
enough of being interfered with and hassled by gods and operating thetans.
They do not like their houses being blown apart, the oxygen
cover being pulled off the planet, the axis changing on the planet,
sudden ice ages, sudden supernova, or any of the four horseman of the
Apocalypse. Meat bodies, understandably, don't like these events, so they
(due to these engrams) feel that anyone manifesting spiritually powers
should either be heavily entrapped or religiously sacrificed -for the
good of all'. As a group meat bodies have been very clever. This
particular galaxy has gone from having 100,000s to less than 10,000 fully
capable Operating Thetans. Fully capable means that one can appear and
disappear without question from one end of the galaxy to the other in
less than a second, thus these are messengers. I trust you recall there
was a fellow named Mercury (Hermes, if you prefer), who had this ability
of instantaneous appearance and disappearance. As all of these messengers
started disappearing (got trapped into meat bodies themselves,
somewhat due to sexual sensation addictions), the fact that the gods were
dying due to entrapment by meat, meant that the communications
systems that ran the galaxy started breaking down. As that broke down,
central control went by the boards. As central control went by the boards,
the defense of its borders against infiltration diminished. With
infiltration came contamination, diversity, and degradation. Survival
required
regional government so at least there would be some kind. And that is
how a great two galactic societies no longer are. A lot of the
extraterrestrial flying saucers are completely unoccupied. They just
contain mechanical computer machinery. No one is alive in them
354

anymore. The wars cost too much in personnel. As a prison planet, earth
is being very sloppily maintained, due to the high cost of Government
and
Travel. It is about a 4 year trip from Markab to here. They are just barely
maintaining territorial sovereignty, and there is an enormous tax load on
its citizenry. It should be noted that all flying saucers are not from
outer space, and most are from the powers that be on this planet, which is
outlined in the -novel' entitled -Genesis' by W. A. Harbinson, Corgi
books in Great Britain and Dell in the U.S. The book defines the
manifestation of ecological and eclectic men gone mad with the idea of
the super race, and defines low grade saucers as being from the US and
USSR, with the sophisticated ones being from under Antarctica as the
remnant of Third Reich super science restrains the rest of the world
from progressing up to the military and scientific hardware and software
it holds.
As the gods disappear out of social area, the culture decreases, and the
people just keep around symbols that they were once here. The way that
gods get trapped into mest and human games is detailed adequately in the
writings of the Greeks, where you will find an essentially accurate
account of the continual intermixing of operating thetans and humans. It
was an interesting occurrence that between 8 and 20 gods got heavily
involved with humans to produce 30,000 semi-god, semi-human people
before that hierarchy collapsed. The magical power started disappearing
from the gods due to excessive dilution. There was a most procreative
dissipation of spiritual power in The Golden Age. We have not seen
anything like it since. That is how such things are done, through slow
contamination.
If you turn up one of these 30,000 or 8-20 in auditing, it is wild to
uncontaminated them, because they will go right back to being a semi
deity or deity right away, as the case may be. They are never going to
disclose or announce this to anybody because they have no great desire to
be gunned down or diluted again. This is part of the -pay' of bad
experiences, for one realizes that there is no point in doing that again.
Specifically one realizes the degree of restraint that would be wisdom in
dealing with crazy people. Discretion can most often be the better part
of valor, when the other side is rabid.
There have been a lot of powerful beings on the time track. Most of the
mythologies are accurate about them. They fell down to being human and
are most reluctant to talk about it or do anything about. If you are
fortunate enough to be graced with auditing one of these, you will be
getting an education that you could get no where else. These gods
continue to die into the human race and arena, and even drop into
consciousness as an alternative to aware-ing. It is quite an experience
to observe someone who fixes refrigerators now clear up why he is no
longer making stars. It is even wilder to restore his willingness to create
again, and watch him stop fixing refrigerators.
There has been tremendous interest at top galactic levels to -recycle' some
of these fallen guys back up to a state to where they will be -useful' as
deities again. But it hasn't worked out that way, for all efforts in this
direction have been failures. Hubbard was given this assignment, and has
done alot of research in that area, but people are too bright to fall for
it, for despite its efficiency, that type of society is not at all pretty.
355

When the mining is done by robots, animal bodies are used for clerical,
administrative, and light manufacturing, little stick or -doll' bodies are
used to ride herd on these lower two, and the doll body class reports to the
-pure operating thetans', you have a very organized, 4-tier, demandingly -
religious' and -scientific' society, which is in truth the anti-thesis of
true religion- (all life has equal rights) and science
(observation and analysis yielding logical solutions), It is at its worst
made manifest recently by the Nazis. A political and military structure based
on this makes the OTs generals, Colonels dolls, lieutenants animal-bodied,
and soldiers robotic. Politically this works out to Presidents,
Senators, Representatives, and Administrators. Socio-economically it
works out to the -independently wealthy', executive, worker, and poor
classes. Population distribution rarely exceeds 1/2%, 3 1/2%, 52%, and
44% respectively. America, as we know it, is all too-well a rememberance
of that type of society.
If you work with someone in auditing and get them up to where they can
drop a plane out of the sky or defuse an atomic weapon by thought alone,
they will have a natural reluctance (due to the wisdom they have
attained in auditing) to go work for somebody else. They have a tendency
to be their own boss. This is good news, that not only is mankind waking
and
growing up rapidly, but his old gods are also. It is a good idea to -
recycle' people right on out of the universe to where they can be here only
as
much as they want to be. It is a lousy idea to -recycle' them up to being
military generals where they will be conquering planets and raising
tomatoes.
356

Mobius Strip Flows/Winners & Losers
A mobius strip, if you look it up in a dictionary, is where you draw a line
on a sheet of paper with arrows on the line. Holding the strip of paper
up, you see a line with the arrow marks in one direction. If you twist the
strip (180 degrees), and do a figure 8 with it, you will find in the
middle you will have arrows going in 2 different directions, against each
other. So the single line flowing in one direction, appears to be flowing
in opposite directions. I am sure there is some farmer out there who
thinks
he is a scientist who will try to use this for energy creation, but he is
in for a big disappointment. anytime you introduce an invention ahead of
the dramatization people reject it.
I knew this guy that invented an airplane from his recall in auditing. It
would take off at 5 miles per hour from a 100 foot field. He took it around
the US and the world. No one would buy it. Since it was not in the
dramatization, it was not real to folks. There are over 100 good long term.
solutions to the energy crisis in this country. There are dozens of
solutions to the fresh water, food, and whatever other problem countries
face. There are almost endless solutions to any of the problems that
mankind faces, but nobody wants any of them, because it is not in the
dramatization. That is how thick this repeating physical universe game is.
I am not really concerned that someone is going to go out and build an anti-
gravity machine because if they do, there isn't going to be anyone there to
buy it. This has already happened 4 times in the last 20 years. Some
solutions are in the dramatization, or could be put into it easily. These
are interesting. A fellow invented batteries that last a lifetime.
Delco felt this was a threat, bought it up, for a million dollars, and the
guy went to Florida and talks to no one. Then there is the guy in New Mexico,
who cannot afford to feed his children, with the cost of gas and his long
commute to work, so he goes to a Hardware store, gets some plumbing
gear, gets 60 miles per gallon out of a full sized sedan. The press after
months of ridicule sent someone down to check it out. It is true. He's
gone, family and all. Just disappeared. Detroit automotive people flew
into that town before he disappeared. If these people weren't bought off
or eliminated, their products could be put into the dramatization. It
takes two to make commerce, and if the invention or solution is close to
reality, it will fly. If it is too far ahead, it becomes unreal. I built 70
miles per hour vehicles that got 300 miles per gallon when I was 12 years old.
They cost me $40 a piece. They were horribly low and light, and my
parents insisted I keep them off the road. No one was interested, it was
too much progress, too far ahead in time.
There are mobius strip flows; and that is how awareness gets created. A
person gets something going in one direction and then believes it is
going in 2 directions at once. You can actually get awareness and
consciousness going full blast, if you start running flows this way. It is a
fascinating area to audit and clean up, and it is part of operating as an
OT, seeing how these are created and work. Even theta versus itself as mest
is just one thrust we mistakenly perceive as against. What we have going
on in the physical universe is the apparency of winners and losers, and
we have the apparency of energy flowing in two directions. However, in
truth, both are single flows in one direction. Senior to the physical
357

universe there are no winners or losers, but in the apparency of the
physical universe, there are.
358

Continued Living in Someone Else's Was
A New Definition of Hell
The physical universe could be defined as someone else's was. If we were
to continue to live in someone else's memory, that would be a hell,
because it could go on endlessly for he may not get that memory cleared
up. Not only is this a distinct possibility, but there is supportive
evidence for it as a probability. If this assumption is true, we would need
appropriate technology to handle it. That technology would be the use of
nine time-flows, and I call it -tragic'.
Hubbard plays with three time states: past, present, and future. In
Dianetics the person looks from present to past and from past to present. It
accomplishes a lot of change in someone because it is 2/9 ths of what
is known as -magic', thus it works out well. If the preclear is running
well, you will have 3/9 ths, for the present to present flow will be
there in the preclear to auditor communication line. Unfortunately,
perhaps, 2/3 of the boat was missed by Hubbard. There are 6 other time
flows that effect creation and existence.
If you were to exteriorize senior to time, and look at the flows you
would find:
1. present to past
2. present to future
3. present to present
4. past to future
5. past to present
6. past to past
7. future to present
8. future to past
9. future to future.
If you get all 9 of these arranged in perfect triangles, (time triangles)
you can do magic, like nobody would ever believe. You can as-is any
creation. The real complaint the Catholic Church had against the witches was
that they were reciting the Lord's Prayer backwards and that was unmocking
the Church.
If someone has created a nine-flow time trap of the physical universe,
and has forgotten about it, and a whole bunch of people have fallen into
the thing, you would have a semi-eternal hell here. Further, if you could
get
all of those people to believe in it, and to believe that they are
volitionally involved, and that someone else made them, and that it was
actually a
game wherein they could evolve to the top of the well as a good spirit or
go to the bottom of the well as a bad one, you would have these 4 added
persistent lies to seal the trap, I would like to suggest that this is
one element of what has occurred.
359

Mechanical Consciousness
Mechanical consciousness is just that. If you can get -unknow' set up on
an automaticity, an unknowning machine, then you can get mechanical
consciousness going. Breathing is an unknowing machine of the somatic
mind. If a person is not deliberately making consciousness, then they
are mechanically conscious, and thereby are limited to human senses,
which are less than 1% of what is available to be perceived, by other
senses, such as is available in deliberate consciousness. Modern
scientists are quite disturbed with the fact that the sense range of
human meat bodies is about 1% of what is out there to be perceived. The
scientists concern
comes from their logic that if one can only see 1% of what is out there
it is improbable that anyone will discover what we are surrounded with.
Mechanical consciousness does restrict thinking, perception, and
awareness to about a 1% range, and precludes the possibility of figuring
out the world around one.
That is inherent in this particular game, supposedly in the physical
universe, because everyone here is trying to find out what is here. It is
a game of finding things out. This is based on the wrong assumption that
if you find out all the parts you will then understand the whole. This is
an idea that came from scientists, the same fellows that have given us new
diseases, atom bombs, and gas warfare. Science has long been a religion
unto itself, and should be recognized as such. With 200 new chemical
substances a week being dumped into our water, and the EPA catalogue
showing only 20 a week being investigated for side effects on life forms,
we see pure science at its zenith. When there is no more air left to
breathe, no more food left to eat, and no more bodies left to occupy,
Science will have done its trick once more.
The last nuclear annihilation of the bulk of the life forms on this
planet, on the surface, was 14,026 years ago.
I don't really care for going through these experiences and watching this
senseless continuance of marvelous science doing what marvelous
science does. But marvelous science is nothing more than a dramatization
of the original salesmen that got the whole physical universe game going
in the first place. That is, if you accept the premise that the sum of the
parts equals the whole, then you could believe in science. By being
mechanically conscious and spending one's entire time track dutifully
recording each of the physical universes parts (time is a segmentation of
the whole into parts), and having lived out each of it's parts, then you
would understand the whole, the physical universe. That is just marvelous,
isn't it? That is the crazy idea that being involved in the physical
universe operates off of. It is a crazy idea to do this with mechanical
consciousness too. This is what people operate off of as a -way of
awareing', and it a fundamental logic error. They accept it as a
natural fact, when it is as aberrated as hell. It is what hell is,
mechanical consciousness, for it makes one robot-city to a record player.
If you put a man in front of a penny and said -Here is a penny', he would
say -yeah, I see what it is'. If you took another man and said -we are going
to put this penny under a microscope to where you can see the molecules, and
I am going to slowly move it, and we are going to spend
your whole time track, trillions of years, as you observe every molecule
in 360

it, and at the end you can add up all that you have seen.' And lets say
you did that. Then you asked him, -What does a penny look like now that
you have seen and added up the molecules?' This fellow would reply, -Hell
if I know.'
That is the game of the physical universe. People are going through the
matter, energy, space, time sequences in order to figure out what it is.
If they would get senior to the physical universe, and rise above it's
ethics level, and just look at it, then they would see what it is.
Mechanical consciousness is so common and abundant, that you don't
directly address it until after the Scientology Auditing is essentially
complete, that is OT 7. You are taking it off in all of your work prior
to that.
Hubbard said in 1966 that nobody outside himself, and a few high-level
people in Scientology had anything but mechanical consciousness. This is
absurd that he considers the entire world to be nothing but a bunch of
robots. It is a very inaccurate observation. Everyone out there has some
degree of free consciousness and free will. I you appeal to it, it will
manifest itself.
I know a cat that has absolutely loads of free awareness. You can put a
washcloth on an E-meter and say -Clorox Bleach' and you are going to see
some reads there. Those reads may or may not be determined by
mechanical consciousness. I advise you against demonstrating that plants,
steaks, and matter is alive to people. It is too high a truth for them, and
it upsets them greatly. It takes an IQ of about 5 to prove it for all it
requires is a meter and a question.
It is nice to know what mechanical consciousness is, so you can rise
above it and be 100 times more alive.
361

What If Everyone That Was Worthwhile
Has Already Left This Universe
I wanted to raise the question, and define worthwhile as something that
is subjective. This idea has been promoted that all of us which are still in
here are not worth anything. If you could persuade another that his
postulates did not work, that he has no self-esteem, that he feels abandoned,
that he has alot of heartbreak-hotel emotions, then you would
be able to make the guy feel lonely. In that condition he would start
clutching onto other beings, feel that reaching for other gods was a
step up, and hold onto thoughts as though they are something scarce. He
would eventually consider truth as scarce, and start holding onto truths
and try to make them persist.
There have been some bad folks out there that have promoted these ideas,
and the idea that everyone that was worthwhile had already left, and the
idea that we are all great fools and sinners. I have called this
education the -Garden of Eden Implant'. This whole idea that we are bad
and have to be educated into being good is a becomingness idea. The
good and bad guys really get mixed up on this. I cannot think of anything
more boring or disgraceful than being stuck at the other end of a one-way
comm line with a senior being that has nothing to do but father me.
Anyway, let us get on with this logic: this supposedly nice big guy made
us and then his arch rival (Satan or Beelzebub) comes along and says -you
can't let em rot, they won't improve, so I'll help you out by making them
effort. I'll arrange some challenges so they will realize convincingly
that good is a better deal than evil.' So, God and Satan had some
disagreement over this, and Michael (later Christ) is the third party.
Touching story, isn't it. This data is highly inaccurate as far as what
really happened, but it is accurate as to what people were told in the
implant. This is how people remember it, publish it, and theorize about it,
just to get some sensation going.
When they originally heard these ideas they were getting a hell of a lot more
current put through them than any electric chair we have on this
planet now.
This notion that we have to work ourselves out of sin is an exercise in
futility. For it is a lie, and thus we do not. We don't have to do
anything except wake up.
The old proverb of the Persian king is appropriate. e wanted all of the
wisdom of the world boiled to one book, then one page, then one word.
Hubbard was fond of this proverb and was convinced he had found it in -
Survive'. The one word was not that, it was -aware'.
If man is to rise above something, it sure s hell is not sin. It is
ignorance. Ignorance has got to be the ultimate evil.
362

Remaining Sluggards Stuck In A Memory
If one is exterior to this universe and an operating thetan, one could view
the folks involved in this treadmill of the physical universe as the -
remaining sluggards stuck in a memory'. That is an implanted idea that
was promoted on people in here about how people north of us think of us.
It is not true. It is third-partyism. People do not uniformly treat their
juniors, children, or pets with disgust and contempt. Beings that are
senior to oneself generally do not sneer at lower beings. Nor is there
any
pleasure in slaughtering any animal.
Managing one's particular existence in the evolutionary, hierarchical,
and ecological schemes of existence and beyond, requires that one
recognize one's position, handle one's communication lines north of one
with senior beings, and south of one with junior beings. You can get into
all kinds of friction by mishandling your junior lines. Your life will be
completely blown off its course by what you consider a slight infraction
with a senior line. From a senior's point of view, he didn't even know he
stepped on a fly.
The sizes of games determine different value systems, importance's,
ethical alternatives, and free creations. It is nice to recognize one's
slot, thus one avoids being stepped on and avoids stepping on others. The
difference in sizes of beings in comparison to each other exceeds my
analogy. People are millions of times bigger or smaller than each other.
There are people millions of times bigger than you, and there a people
out there millions of times smaller than you.
This overly-promoted, false idea that there is intentional ill will
within the natural ecology of life was invented by a small minority of
nuts that find supposed pleasure in the misery of others. The majority of
life is very, very good, and has been contaminated by this 1% minority,
This contamination is a prevalent absurdity the people need to recognize
as such, and stop subscribing to it.
363

The Second Absence
I simply want to state here that the people who are planning for a Second
Coming fail to realize than more can be accomplished with a second
absence. The scheduled reappearance of Jesus Christ, Melchizedek, Michael
or whoever this loving fellow is, is probably not going to happen. A
second absence probably is.
There is a time slot for him to reappear and play a particular game
coming up. By not appearing he can cause greater effects. And he loves
great effects. They missed him showing up every lifetime since,
Shakespeare and all. So, it is really a question of his announcing his
arrival and playing the agreed-upon game. The non-arrival should rattle a
few cages because he was scheduled to rule a new civilization.
Another flaw in the theory of the return is that he already accomplished
what he wanted back then. Besides, he would get a 44 magnum slug in
the temple instead of nails. We will not be seeing much of this fellow
until he wants to exchange some information. People do not want this guy
back
to hear new information. They want him back so they can further drive
him up the wall, because he is the last full-scale operating thetan that
we have in recorded history, and every piece of meat on this planet knows
he is out there and they failed to trap him into a body.
The game is set up so that people wake up by themselves. There is no
evidence of any millions of people understanding what he said nearly
2000 years ago. There was thousands of instances of healing and the
truth fared well until 323 AD, when the council of Nicene burned all the
good books and enforced all the bad ones. Healing, and truth went by the
boards, and the dark ages started. The fundamental things he said have
not been received by the people yet. It is a tough game going on between
him and these folks. I hope he wins it, because I like the guy, his
courage level and state. And I am amused that he continues to be right
before their eyes each lifetime and they don't recognize its the same guy
playing all these games.
In that he can accomplish alot more by as-ising things instead of walking
meat body around, its a good bet he is not going to proclaim his identity,
e was actually going a good job of as-ising things in the famed lifetime,
but his case got tripped on seeing the good-looking lady being stoned to
death, which was a convenient point in starting his now-historical
career, e was drawn into human existence at that point. She helped him
get the body going again later, so even romance was joy to Mr. Wise and
Mr. Guts. 364

The Irrevocable Persecution of
Games Makers, Destroyers, and Umpires
What we have on this planet is a bunch of broken pieces. There are a few
pieces around and eight, or more, players. Of course, there are more
assistant players. There are very few games makers, destroyers, and
umpires. Let us define this hierarchy.
There is a caste system in games. At the top level there are Games
Makers, Games Destroyers, and slightly above those two, the umpires. All
three have no rules. There are little to no Umpires on this planet. The
next echelon down is the Players, who know and obey the rules. The rules
are made by the above stated three, who do not have to follow the rules
they make. Assistant players obey the players. Assistant players
redefine the rules into projects. Pieces execute the projects, but do
not know the rules. Lastly, there are broken pieces that don't think
they are apart of the game anymore, although they are being dragged
around by the game. They are in a terrible maybe of whether or not they
are in the game. Perhaps this book is written from the position of an
Umpire, not a Destroyer, and is an appeal to pieces and above in this
hierarchy. The planet is composed mostly of broken pieces. I would guess
the pieces at 2.2 million, assistant players at 580,000, players at
100,000, games makers at 118, games destroyers at 56, and umpires at 22.
Everyone else is a broken piece, acting at effect of the changes in
societies' drama.
One sees this hierarchy in society. I am not saying this is good or bad, I
am saying it is there. You can make a person a piece by hiding the rules
from him, give them a lot of penalties, give them very few wins, insure
they do not find out it is just a game, remove their former goals, and
enforce the idea he has to play (these 6 in that order). These 6 actions
to make pieces out of people could be summarized as enforcing their
playing and not allowing them any joy. In a subtle instance, the piece is
given the apparency of being a player, but is not allowed to act as one.
Hubbard's religion and Sea Org employ the above data to ensure that
everyone is a piece, and are probably the -ultimate' in making people into
pieces. If you want to keep someone a piece you (1) let the piece only
associate with other pieces, (2) deny the existence of players, and (3)
keep the above 6 actions going on them.
There are some phenomenon and rules of this caste system. If a piece turns
into a player, that is the end of that particular game. Hubbard has had
the game of Scientology going where he is the player and everyone else is
a piece. A number of pieces have taken the game over, a number of times.
Ownership of pieces is important amongst players. Hubbard thinks that when
a piece becomes a player that there is a big upset, and then the player
just blows off -from overts.. This is not true, as the sudden change from
piece to player, blows the whole game wide-open for everyone concerned.
Such occurrences are not that unusual, and generally, the player holding
all the pieces will reinstate the old game with more force, and attack the
piece-turned-player, whether that game be named Scientology, Corporate
board-room, Internal Revenue, Federal Reserve,
or whatever. In the unlikely event that a piece turns umpire, and is
detected as such, the rule of the caste system is to destroy him. Any
piece converting to the top caste of Games maker, destroyer, or umpire
365

suddenly is attacking the caste system itself, and such an individual's
persecution and destruction is more important than any player. In a free
society, the hiding of the rules from the pieces is a difficult task,
but television, drugs, education systems, religions, moralities, and
fashion have made it much less difficult.
It is an erroneous idea that you have to have a new game encoded before
you can end an old game, for that idea is an invalidation of free choice.
In winning a game, one wins the right to a new game. When you get into the
higher ranges (Makers, Destroyers, and Umpires) you will find these
folks are den persecuted by the players, assistant players, pieces, and
most often by broken pieces. People are not happy in the condition they
are in as they are not achieving their goals. Non-achievement on goals
cause frustration. Expressed accumulated frustration converts to
hostility. Hostility being -improper' to express toward who is causing it
becomes displaced. Displaced Hostility is usually directed north, at one's
Bosses. The further down the ladder you go, the more -non-achieved goals -
frustration-hostility-displacement' you will find. Broken pieces are
horribly frustrated people.
Modern suppressive managers, and our whole society unfortunately,
operate knowingly with the creation and displacement of hostility. If
you are upset with the boss, you are not supposed to tell him to go to
hell.
Instead, you can take it out on your wife, car, dog, or yourself. You can
eat your heart out or join some kooky group. As communications lines and
freedoms are opening up in society, people are telling the boss to go to
hell instead of killing themselves over it. Sounds fine? hey have 5000 years
of catching up to do. It happened with the blacks, and women are
just starting to tell men what they think of them. It is preferable to
displacement, but there is backed up communication and emotion on the
line. Hubbard displaces the hostility of his group wards the
governments,
professional classes, psychiatrists, IRS, etc. If he did not, he would not
be bodily alive today. I like the guy like mad in comparison to what the
average group member feels toward him.. I am just ome dumb Texan
stupid enough to keep on resolving things with understanding in a dirty
tough and evil world where only the quickest draw survives'. That is a
quote from the intelligence files the church maintains on me. The
average church member does not go out and audit his fellow man and
labor over 25 million words of chat, write 400 letters to the man without
an answer, evolve technology and so forth for over 20 years. No, for that
is love in deed . The average church member is so frustrated by the man,
that if the hostility was not displaced they would use automatic weapons o
him. But he has them hating governments, educators, parents, etc., all of
whom are undeserving of hate as all they are is ignorant. This is
deliberate on his part so he will not be hated. It is -scapegoat'
technology. Hitler could not have worked the Germans to the bone, had
he not invented conjecture about the Jews.
People have some much deeper frustrations than telling the boss to got to
hell. They are also used to displacing them. So when some high-powered
swami-type is rumored to be causing widespread events to occur in
everyone's life whether he be named Jesus, Hubbard, Filbert, or whoever,
the frustration of -outside interference' surfaces, and they want to
chase this guy down and put a spear through the heart. Its as simple as
ABC. That is why I maintain the dumb-Texan image, have no class or
manners, 366

insist I inherited the money, and say that -God made me do it' if
anything spiritual happens around me. I don't like spears.
As long as the frustration level is high in society, then the persecution
of games Makers, Destroyers and Umpires will continue. So, if you are going
to engage in one of these three positions, INVISIBILITY might lead to the
longest life, and it is always prudence to have spears around. There is
going to be high frustration around on people because not only is self
interest on the rise, but American marketing and management use high
frustration instead of legitimate desire to regulate behavior. People are
being asked to change daily and buy new blenders.
Business is based on this weird economic idea that people should go
work, and then go buy things. When denied the right to buy the blender,
they get frustrated. What is weird about this is its artificiality.. It is
even more weird that it operates off of -wants', instead of needs. The
weirdness is complete in that it is accomplished with Federal Reserve
Notes, which is not Constitutional money. I think it was Adam's who said
only government can take a valuable commodity like paper and make it
worthless by adding ink. The point is, that to the degree that people
are encouraged and manipulated by the media to set goals that are
unreal, their frustration will increase proportionally, and in that
context, any games maker, destroyer, or umpire that comes along will
take the brunt of it for not saving them from Madison Avenue all these
years.
367

Love Of Fellow Man
I highly recommend it. It is quite natural. It would be very silly to deny
yourself this. It is not a luxury, and is probably the greatest thing going.
I am not talking about sex or sexual love. When it is a substitute for other
thing, it has limitations. One of the richest things in experience is love
for one's fellows. It is preferable to go ahead and love someone or thing
instead of withholding that emotion. If you hold back from loving, you
will be stuck with that incomplete cycle, and end up a sentimental,
emotional slob which can blur your perception and ability. So, if there is
some love there, go ahead and let it be and experience it. This does not
mean you have to do anything about it. You should allow it too exist, for
more often than not, it is fabulous stuff.
368

The Transportation of Earthlings: A Feasible Projection
If at some point in the future it became necessary to move a load of this
planets' globe-trotters to another planet, to re-colonize it, it is a
feasible projection. The swarm would have to be defended on at least 8 sides,
and
you would need probably 12 capable (fully audited up) OTs aware of this
contingency plan before any catastrophe occurred. This has already been
worked out. The greatest difficulty is getting this hoard of folks to a
place were life is what they are accustomed to. -Accustomed' is a kinder
word than -addicted'. Getting life arranged in a fashion that this group
would find pleasure in, is a hell of a job. Making 12 OTs was easy. It took
some very brilliant work for nearly a million years on a fellow I have
spoken with, to get this all arranged right here on this ball of dust. This
guy is distraught now seeing all that work being undone. He says there were
5000,000 species and now they are killing off 200 a day, and they set off an
explosive harpoon in another whale every 20 minutes. He cried alot,
got alot of auditing, and now the fellow says -Fuck em', and he's the
fellow that worked out all the life form here. That is how he feels about
the human race. I said -What are you going to do about the forms on the
next planet?' He says, -Let them rot in outer space screaming for bodies,
and when I feel like it I'll start the amoebae again, depends on my mood,
could be a day of screaming could be millions of years...' He'll be
getting around to where he can set it up i an afternoon, and then it won't
be so valuable a creation to him. So the contingency is set for that.
Why these people are worth transporting I would like to address.
Although I write in an abrasive, self-serving, acrid, sarcastic and
condescending manner at times, that is to serve a purpose. People with
their head in marshmallows or other places need that kind of chat. hat
is not my view of my fellow man. My view of my fellows is one of
admiration. I am amazed that people are willing to undergo so much
suffering (50,
200, 90 trillion years?) for so little joy (20 minutes). That might tell
you how much man loves the good things in life and his fellows. What I have
just said is probably the most evident thing about the human race, but it
is rarely communicated about. It is also true of the animal kingdom. You
can go out to what is left of the few remaining jungles, and if you are
lucky, you will find 2 old gorillas gracefully holding hands, watching
their children play. I think there is something richer in that sight than
in seeing a New York Stockbroker stuffing his pockets and sticking needles
in his arm.
If people are willing to endure thousands of times as much pain in order
to attain an infinitesimal amount of joy and decency, then the
underlying good in people is an enormous quantity far beyond anything
suspected by
any philosopher to date. The good in people is so infinitely great, that one
must conclude that all the evil men (in the world, universe, and other
universes) are fools. They are fools, for if there ever was, is, or will be
a game of good and evil, good has already won a thousand times over, by the
above stated or any casual scientific inspection of an average life of a
human on this planet. Individually people as needs be. All the hell, evil,
and ignorance proceed from putting them together too closely in groups.
Not only do men survive, they prevail, and prevail yet again in their
willingness and desire to go through more agony so that another can
experience a few moments pleasure. All men are land, where they meet,
and separate where they part.
369

Elitism vs. Popularism: The Battle and the War
A severe degree of religious implanting occurred about 14,000 years
ago.
It was -successful' in that the areas of social and spiritual ecology have
been robotic since. It locked onto an old struggle of elitism Vs.
populism. Elitism in its extremity suggests that only a portion of mankind
has -divine- rights' to truth, religion, and spiritual freedom. Populism
in its extremity suggests that everyone has guaranteed rights to the same
things everybody else has, including truth, religion, and spiritual
freedom. In their extremities, they both smell. As philosophies, and
governmental policy, both are over-simplistic, sloppy, and vague.
Elitism is probably a natural fact. Although people have equal rights,
they are not equal. Given equal opportunity, treatment, environment,
education, compassion, dignity, respect, housing, credit, culture,
nutrition, and everything else, they will still not be equal. Some will
be, do, and have more than others. Some people create more than others,
and that alone creates tremendous differences in people. Creativity, not
cleverness, produces these wide variances in people. It also puts bread
on the table. Creativity should not be associated with art museums and
held different or separate from persistence on a given course, for
persistence on a given course has to be created. I have a casual comment
about -rights'. You do not hear about them from people who win. You hear
about them from people who lose, or have had them violated.
Truth does belong to mankind as a whole. That is copyright law, since
1978. It is a rotten and over-worked idea that only a few should have
truth.
To shove truth down someone's throat when they do not want it, and
overwhelm people with probably the end result that populism historically
degrades to, and thus it has not fared well in many times and climes.
Ethical elitism is probably a rational way to look at things: that anyone
can have anything they have earned or exchanged for.
Recently and presently, populism has been winning the battles it has
waged against elitism. They will not win the war, for elitism normally
prevails as the natural order for it includes the idea that some things
are greater than others, and thus is not monotone identification.
There are scales. The natural ecology of existence does exist, and should
be recognized and confronted instead of groaned about and legislated
against. Working up and down these scales is a healthy thing to do. One
should have equal rights of motion and transportation up and down these
scales. Other than that, there should be no -divine rights'.
Keeping the classes out of communication with each other is the cause of a
lot of turmoil, but it does serve to justify the existence and need of
government. Actually, the upper and lower classes mix quite well,
because neither of them has any need for religion, morality, symbols,
status, or proprieties. (If you challenge' that last remark with the
assertion that millionaires have their aspects of these 5, please note
that a rich person 18 not a member of the upper class. Those 5 aspects
exist only on middle class people). Both upper and lower classes are both
concerned with survival and are both faced with the raw facts of
370

existence. It is interesting to notice that the kinship's go much deeper
than that anytime you step out of the -twilight zone' of the middle class.
Just being outside of the middle class is cause for affinity and respect.
Both of these, the upper and the lower, live and act off of instinct
first, and the mind follows instead of preceding action. On the middle
class, the mind thinks, then they act, and instinct is rationalized out of
perceivable existence. It is the middle class that gets neurotic because
they are paying the bill for both the upper and lower classes. They have
great need for symbols, religion, morality instead of ethics, and ethics
instead of truth. And even if the middle class were to rise up and
confiscate the upper classes wealth, it would not run the country more
than 6 months.
Either the present wave of populism that is prevalent over 95% of the
people on this planet will gradually yield to a natural recognition of
natural elitism, or we will have social cataclysms and catastrophes. I
can comprehend, and suggest you do likewise, the frustration on both
sides of this very old fence. Most wealth being a combination of work,
talent, and accident, makes the 95% who do not have it envious, and the
5% feeling
undeserving of what they fell into. The greed and need gang will be
looming soon to confiscate the sweat and sacrifices of your parents and
their parents, who probably died of malnutrition so that you might have
a
better life than they. It is just history making these things personally
will tear anyone to pieces. So I bet on social catastrophe, for there is no
bandwagon going to get us through the next decade, and the
confiscation's will start severely in 1987.
The reasons we do not have a growing economy is the result of a number
of factors outlined in The Third Wave, about 170 errors in fiscal
assumptions and policies, second wave government and banking
practices, national contempt for economic realities, national disdain for
science and progress, national resistance to change (97% of the
population does not want change per survey), extremely powerful outside
lobby and blackmail groups, machiavellian world and economic procedure
with the rest of the world, non-application of cost-benefit-analysis, non
application of financial analysis, non-application of workable industrial
psychology, non-application of workable management technology, non
application of workable marketing technology, non-application of
workable administrative technology, non-application of scientific
technology, and non-application of workable governmental policies. None
of the above has anything to do with Scientology or anything in this book.
It would take a separate book to outline how to put this country back on
its feet. These things will work themselves without me or anyone else
saving it. They will work themselves out in the priority and order I
listed them. During the period they are working themselves out, we will
have a
standard of living above that of Russia, and so we will survive, but it
will not be much above that of Russia, which is about of what we know now.
371

Northern Bhuddism Vs. Southern Buddhism
This was manifested in a religious conflict about 3000 years ago between
the Dali Lama and Buddha. The Dali insisted that there was a natural
order in the ecology of existence, and that the disclosure and
dissemination of truth should be restricted accordingly to that order.
Buddha insisted that right conduct, disciplines, denials, forsaking
materiality, leaving one's body, and exercises under a tree were things
that everyone should do, whether they wanted to do them or not. Anyone
that did not subscribe to this, and do it, was just filth, you see. If
anyone really owned anything, or subscribed to Northern Buddhism, then that
person was just bad news. Wealth must be abandoned, denial would achieve
for one a nirvana of freedom, by lowering your needs you would become
rich. This, Southern Buddhism conquered not only Northern
Buddhism, but half of the world. It is fascinating, thorough, fun,
thrilling, workable as a sociology, workable as a religion; however, it is
crazy metaphysically, erroneous philosophically, and overly-optimistic in
its
new of the state of mankind.
Both of these individuals, and religions, had a bad background to work
from, for the caste system of India was a remnant of the old Catholic,
Eden cult that was expelled from Lemuria 21,000 years ago. At the same
time all the scientific and mechanically inclined people were colonizing
Atlantis, which left the Lemurians alone in their land without
contamination from either of these fanaticism's. he Atlanteans succeeded
in blowing themselves right into the bottom of the ocean, not long after
Lemuria sunk. Regardless of the origin of religious fanaticism, the urge
for an Edenic, garden of Eden simple life without work as the result of
religious practice is the bad background at the heart of India's
obsession with spiritual knowledge. It is not India's soul, and this
tradition and
story of history is a very old legend. I suspect we have milder
repetitions of the sequence in Scientology being a carbon-cop of Southern
Buddhism, simple-life cults leaving our borders for Ghana and the open
sea, and in the Third Reich starting over in Antarctica.
Northern Buddhism has been pushed into hiding by machine guns, and
Southern Buddhism is reappearing in the West. The exact dates, astrology
were perfect for a Mr. Hubbard to be born and announce that he is Maiteya,
as was prophesied. Maiteya and the Dali, both of whom are sterling
individuals, have had their friction's for each symbolizes two
extreme religious points of view and groups. Northern Buddhism is
restricted by the facts of natural ecology in excess, its wisdom beyond
measure has made it too cautious and gutless. Southern Buddhism is less
structured, more debased, conduct-oriented, brash, dreamy, romantic, and
avoids the facts-of-life to excess. Thus we did and do have a very
widespread conquest: Elitist Metaphysics was sent running to hiding and
hills by The Hopes of Man. That anyone got fat or the suffering has been
countless is less than the fact that it has happened. It is a planet of
hopers. So, Gautama, Thomas Siddhartha, I salute you, and have learned
not to be wise and cautious to such extreme, and I hope you are happy
now with your planet of hopers. Someone should be, for they are not, and
I am not. That is Victory. Perhaps we shall meet another day, but I
reckon not. I leave you with Victory and hopers for eternity, and if you
wish to change it, do. South's do rise again in vengeance, I have
learned.
372

The Dali Weeps so Mateya Hears
Beyond His own Weeping
That is a terribly long title, and it is just a statement of fact. Mr.
Hubbard's own personal grief is not unheard. Maiteya was correct 3100
years ago and the Dali was wrong, for the fundamental truths should be
available to mankind, so there should be no more warring. But, each might
want to confront what each did, and let history take a more proper
place in memory than in the 20th Century. I would like Maiteya's grief
to be concluded. Too much crying might give the truth business a darker
name than it is bearing.
373

The Assination of the Next Four Messiahs
It is encoded in the pyramid carvings and Akashic Record that we will
have these. I would suspect the appearance of some high-powered
religious personalities in the 1988 - 2008 time frame, as people get
hungrier. After they have fallen, instead of Christ arriving, we will have
an active and bleak period for most people.
374

The Unnoticed Comforters
These were prophesied in the Bible to appear historically. They have, and
there have been alot of them. There have been alot of contributions to
this culture by saintly-types of people, whether you are talking about
Maxwell, Tesla, Eddy or whoever. It is still going on in the present. I
thought these saints should be acknowledged. They exist and will exist
so that we might live to see a better day.
375

The Unrecognized Christ's, Gods,
And That Which Is Beyond God
The religious implants of 4,000 year ago one should understand. The word
-religion' comes from -legio' meaning and -re' meaning
reaffirmation, so religion is reaffirmation of the law. In ancient times,
about 14,000 years ago, the law was re-established, and a whole lot of
law was installed as religion into people. The purpose of the implant was
partially to keep people from deviating from these new laws.
The more fundamental purpose of the implant was to keep -E-level
beings' at that level and prevent -E-level' beings from becoming more
aware and moving up to the -D-level'. The implant contains and attempted
to restrict the following ecological levels, which I will be taking up.
The implant was done so that those at each level would not rise above
that level, and would go rather bananas if they attempted to
rise above their -normal' or -assigned level. E-level is an awareness
level of being aware being a member of a group and pack of animals. The D
evel is aware of being aware, aware of self, but is an -only-one'. In
other words, bright, independent but prone to lone-rangerism. I have been
wrongly accused of this often. The main purpose of this was to keep the Ds
and Es in their slots. The implanting was done by C-level beings, which
are aware of being aware of a future. B-level beings are aware of
being aware as all elements of an entire group. A-level beings are aware of
all aspects of being racially aware. AA beings are aware of awareness of
galactic awareness. AAA level beings are aware of awareness of
Universality, all universes. Each alphabetical level was about 20 'grades'
which are notated numerically. A-4 beings are aware of the awareness of 4
universes. The A level goes up to 16.
This religion, and religion itself was implanted, but its main purpose, as
I have stated twice before was to keep all the Es and Ds from moving up to
the levels of awareness and action of C, B, A, AA, and AAA. This was of
benefit to those holding the upper ranges in holding their jobs, territory,
and prizes. I would suppose an ecology system such as that can function
well, but I don't care for it. The Nazi's Master and slave society
functioned well, and is and was a restimulation of one part of this
implant, but it tortured millions of sentient beings without anesthetics,
which was unnecessary pain. The system implanted is up and running
and pretty stable. If you bring an E up to a D range, they will turn on -
only one' phenomenon. If alot of that were to happen rapidly you would have
a lot of -only ones' walking around in society, and they would start
destroying the ecology and system. This was what was happening 14,000
years ago, thus the implanting was done. A few hundred years ago, with
Thomas Paine, Jefferson, and some French authors, it happened again, and
we had the French and American revolutions. Anarchy broke out, and the
systems were destroyed. The holders of the old systems did not succeed
in -re-establishing the law', and new countries were born. What was
going on 14,000 years ago was more extreme, for the Genetic Entities,
not the Beings, were evolving up into the D-level. That being that just
builds bodies had become that aware, thus the implanting was done to
make them -dumb animals' again.
On earth, Homo Sapiens is composed of two type: (1) degraded thetans
fallen from the AA-level down to the D-level, fallen angels,, if you will,
and 376

(2) operational Genetic Entities that are now stopped at the D-level in their
ascent upwards.
The humans are a wild thing to confront for there are these two types of
them: down trending fallen sadly gods, that are bright as hell but moody,
opinionated and reserved; and eager, enthusiastic, lively, dumb, energetic
and very irrational creatures that enjoy being creatures.
The only real difficulty with these GEs (Genetic Entities) is that they are
ancestraly tied to the body line of E-level beings, and the life-death cycles
of animal existence. In order to be aware of being aware one must be able
to be or assume an objective viewpoint away from the body.
Unfortunately, people adhere to the past fixation of a group-species
awareness level and are not aware of themselves.
The highest being that is on earth is an A-7, and it is shocking
information, that there is someone of that caliber on this planet at
this time. So, there are unrecognized Christ's, Gods, and That which is
beyond Go, right here in the land of the free, and home of the brave.
They act in what thy consider to be the best interest of all concerned.
You should be aware of this implant of religion on people so that you can
understand the aforesaid paragraphs, people's behavior and contrasts, and
so you will understand that the promotion of only-one, maverick
philosophies is only the result of an implanted psychosis,
None of this information is any secret to L. Ron Hubbard who wrote the
majority of it down in his own handwriting in the mid 1950s. Dozens of
photocopies of that document have been circulated over the years in
dozens of locations.
To some degree, he knows what he has been doing. He has an
exceptional memory, and has done a job in researching the mind. He
does not appear to be a good manager. Mishandling junior lines can cause
irritations, but the mishandling of senior lines blows one off course, if
you recall my mentioning that fact in an earlier chapter. What happened with
him was he encountered some A-4, A-5, A-6, and A-7 beings, which he
did not recognize as such. He is an A-5. They rearranged his existence
so much that there is probably little hope of him doing anything other
than living out what they have arranged for him. He estimated these to
be in
the B-17 to A-1 range, and he makes such mis-judgments because he is
down in the persistent range. He is in the persistent range because he
only applied -asisness' to subjective mass, instead of to objective data
and people, and life. He, or any of his churchlings, in doing an L&N
will consistently take the BD F/N Cog item, whether it is a persisting
lie or not. If the purpose of the L&N is to find which lie is causing
all the ruckus, that is OK. That is rarely the purpose of an L&N, as
most L&Ns are to find the truth, and the item will vanish. Thus, Hubbard
and his churchlings, fail to proceed beyond the BD F/N lie to find the
BD F/N Vanish truth, in auditing and their living. When he was working
on OT 3 and got down to the last two beings, asking which one is him, he
took the persisting (reading) item as him. That is below being dumb, and
that is the technology of a body thetan. So, the body thetan took over
the act, and he was exteriorized off to elsewhere. He paid the personal
price for incorrect technology, by being conquered by a flea and his own
ignorant worship of engineering and mechanics, in 1966.
377

It is nice to know that there is not just empty space above one's plateau.
There are lots of big fellows doing lots of big things. Each person enters
this particular lifetime at a different level of spiritual awareness. It is
not good to make comparisons. As long as a person makes progress, they
should be applauded for that.
Comparison is a part of competition, which is scripted into people. I
doubt if anything positive comes out of it. I know of alot of counter
productive things that come out of it.
I would trust the reader would now understand the true origin of people
either being excessively independent, or strongly and blindly
subscribing to the following of groups. Both types of people were
trained to act that way, under pain.
378

Potpourri, Useful Tips
One should bear in mind that politics, nationalism, pride, opinion,
sensation, diplomacy, and pettiness are the final refuges of scoundrels.
They are also about all that those involved with them can have. It would
be wise to avoid as much as possible those traps.
Groups absorb and consume people. The entire subject of eatingness in
society is an area that should be confronted. Cannibalism is going on at
all levels of society. The middle class is living off of the poor, and the
upper class is living off of the middle class. All you need to understand
about insanity is that it is nutty. You need to understand much more if you
are going to take it apart, and that is what this book is about.
The introduction of creative intelligence into this -ha-ha hotel' of modern
thought does involve some degree of failure and disappointment; however the
cost of not continuing to try is too great to abandon these people, because
they are going to end up in much worse condition if you
do not assist them in their travails.
One's concern over the suffering of one's neighbors is sometimes in error.
It is one's own suffering that makes one bite the dust. Even at one'
loneliest moments, there are always plenty of people out there that do
care. hey may not be with you at this point in space and time, and being
bitter about that is natural, but not helpful.
The intermediate future locally probably contains some cataclysmic changes
socially, economically, ethically, and in population distribution; instead
of continued, gradual stagnation.
If a low-toned person is starting processing, the Chart of Human
Evaluation, that was published and detailed in -Science of Survival' by
Hubbard is a good road map out of that. On low-toned cases you have to run
locks for 20-30 hours, or run groupers, to where the person comes
up to running the secondaries. After running the secondaries, they are
able to run engrams, and then combination secondary-engrams. The
groupers and combos are my idea. There appears to be no other way out
and up, from low toned land.
In the majority of folders, you will find that the preclear will run
earlier and earlier incidents as the sessions continue. They will run out
this
physical universe experiences, repeat and basic. Then they will run out
they experiences in earlier universes, then earlier time streams, then
magic track, then their first picture and incident and you are done. Some
of these preclears are pretty old, trillions of time streams old. Getting
back to the first recording can be a bit of a long haul. But the case
gain they get from it is great and they will shed many adopted banks of
others that they have been trying to resole since along the way. The
further back you run the more case gain they get. If they balk at going
before Individuation, just send them through the group's engram that they
copied and have been effect of since. They will cognite they were the
whole group at the time. Gains can be proportional to length of run, but
are not always. Getting the right chain is what is critical and you find
that not only by smell but by language. Uncivilized, direct spacey language.
Example -To Fester their lights Out'. If that were not to erase in the first
379

15 minutes of running, and you have gone earlier a few times, go earlier a
few more times, and a few dozen if necessary, for it is the basic chain that
holds the whole bank together that you want to find, and then go early as
hell on, to at last get the whole bank to as-is. By such fishing and using
this technique you can get a 400-Evil-Purposes list to unmock the
moment the basic incident to that career is erased.
You should be aware of the quartet phenomenon on people, where they
have an absolute-item, absolute Not item, and an un and nix un on the
items in the apparency of is-ness. It is interesting to observe on
others, and I don't recommend you talking to people about it, a the
information is powerful, hot, heavy, and high for people and Hubbard.
I trust I have covered in this one text, the whole truth, in
comprehensible form of how an individual can make the transition from -
normal' in society to operating thetan, and godhood after that. Only 1%
of the people want godhood, 99 are happy with operating thetan, which
is achievable with the application of this text. After the preclears
auditing is done, he may have trouble applying the gains due to left-over
social machinery.
My personal opinion is that Mr. Hubbard joys not in writing books, nor do I.
Groups extract from individuals what they require. Such is one of the
liabilities of being connected with these folks. I find this amusing, as
the English language has served well as the fundamental coding capsule for
all wisdom. Scientology was one man's Reader's Digest of available
wisdom, 1% of which I have summarized, and of which I have corrected.
99% of it was irrelevant. My judgments were the result of 12,000 hours
of auditing and observing what worked, what did not work, and how it
really did work best. This has been my this-lifetime adventure which I
trust will not be turned into an arena.
There are group-hungry, emotionally-unstable, vested interest idiots out
there that may attempt to turn my labor-of-love into something that is
personally threatening to themselves. I would trust that for a change
that they would know better, and notice that I am honoring the better
part of them in what I do. I consider even they to be friends. I do not
consider anyone to be a stranger, although I have met many who are
strangers unto themselves. I would also trust that this succinct
detailing of mankind's oldest dream provides the means whereby it may
come true for the dreamers of that dream.
The majority of this was not extracted from the writings of L. Ron
Hubbard, although I have told you that many times for your comfort. It
was extracted from the Golden Scripts, the books burned at the Council of
Nicea, and from the notebooks of a magician named Merlin, and from much
study in many monasteries. I can assure you that proper truth will
find its proper place in the personal histories and futures of those
that need it. All of this is in the Akashic Record to stay.
So, with respect for the continuing decency in all men and all life,
whether large or small, whether singular or grouped, whether being or
not, I must thank you for your cooperation in this creation, and must
once again bid you a temporal thus inevitable good-bye. May all thing
and all of that which creates things be as you wish, and I would trust
the 380

appearance of the building of a better bridge will be a satisfactory
conclusion in all these matters.
381

THE LAST DITCH
If you have done all of the previously mentioned processes to completion, and
your preclear wants more or does not naturally grow, you have a
whole separate line of technology you can deliver. I call this the last ditch
because as a preclear it is the last one to dig oneself out of, and as an
auditor it should be the last action in resolving the case of the preclear.
It is extremely fast, can occasionally become complex to deliver, is simple
to run as a preclear. It can be run solo or dual, and was partially
outlined by Hubbard in 1952. There is ample evidence to support the
speculation that it was used by the highest religious figures in history.
It is a complete and whole technology that will run well after the other
previous processes are put in correctly. Doing these early is too much
truth for the being, and results in overwhelming him. The subject areas
covered are considered so weird and wild that most people in society
would think you are crazy if you brought them up in conversation. People
are very wired on these subjects, and act and think irrationally at
their very mention. Thus it is logical that what is being addressed is
the essence of what a real case and life itself, not actual or imagined
case addressed from falsely educated viewpoints. So here you are
handling what is wrong with the individual, and that is not necessarily
what he
thinks is wrong. There is no way in hell any being is going to take that set
of fantastic files apart unless the earlier processes are run correctly
first. The person will not be able to take the heat or the stress, because
what you'll be erasing here is why he is involved with bodies, why he's
addicted to being captured by them, why he is contaminated in occupying them,
why he is spiritually blind. In addition he will have to confront and handle
what he himself is destined to be come if he continued on in blind ignorance:
a Life-unit that has nothing left to hang onto but 1 picture, 3 or 4
thoughts, personality copying machinery which was not too long ago
a person.
If he runs it off, he changes his destiny, perhaps. anyone with a correct
bridge done on him, handles the material well, but with considerable
astonishment at the revelations that unfold. Regained awarenesses
(cognition's) occur at 200 to 2000 per hour. It is between five to thirty
hours of work. There are less than 200 areas addressed and in going over
these with your preclear if they -fire' (read on an E-meter) you take
them up and run them. If they do not fire you do not run them as in
conventional processing. The reads you will consider reads are rocket
read, rockslam, theta-bop, stick, a hunting needle, and fall in that
order (all reads are instant upon preclears receipt of the major thought.
Do not
use a Mark VI Meter as it will not show any of the above reads except
falls which are the last important. The Church of Scientology enforces the
use of only a Mark VI on this level (NED for OTs, also known as -NOTS'
contains some of the Final Ditch), and designed the Meter VI to where
the level couldn't read, thereby preventing the level from being run, and
thereby insuring excellent cash flow for said church. The important reads
on a case, in other words, reactive thought, do not read on a Mark VI. I
doubt if the Mark VI was mistakenly designed to avoid showing any real
case, in the view of the millions of dollars per month, the continued use
of such a deception continues to generate misapplication of data is rarely
an ignorance. It is usually willful. People that willfully misapply data
to assist supposedly themselves at the expense of others are crazy. They
382

have a club where they have banded together for collective personal
extinction, and they want to take a lot of people with them. The name of
this club is the Church of Scientology.
Although their errors were bred from ignorance, their present actions
are not the result of ignorance. If they claim it was a mistake and recall
the Mark VI, they must admit that they did not even take two minutes
time to compare it to a V in doing the E-meter drill on the production of
reads. That degree of carelessness in the design and testing of the VI
is more horrifying than the reality that it was an intentional
occurrence, The use of the VI on NOTS is the Church's way of clearing
money into its banks and incurring no progress on its practitioners,
There is a cruel irony in this in that the Hubbard families personal
meters are even worse than the VI, thus their unusual personal
conditions. Who knows how
much Maalox Hubbard will have to take because his personal meters
won't show reactive thought. One cannot help but wonder what good is a
million dollars a month if you cannot even eat and digest a hamburger,
mankind returns cruelty in so many subtle ways.
If you want to lose your sons, wife, and health, then use this VI meter.
But that is only the beginning of your new future. Big Daddy and his black
sheet brownshirts have many bad surprises lined up for them to discover
from now to beyond eternity. Hells do have their purpose: containment
facilities, for the fleecehood class of beings. (F4 through F14 classes),
These, however unpleasant, facts sit around the perimeter of the Last
Ditch, so having gone through them, let us take up the area.
The 14th Dynamic (individuality) if far senior to the 12th Dynamic (Truth),
Thus an individual is capable of all kinds quantities and types of Truth.
As an example I have stated all kinds of truth in this book about Hubbard
and his Church. I just described an absolute truth above 28 on
the tone scale that he and they are willful evil nuts contained for
amusement by outsiders, This is not in contradiction with the other two
truths mentioned in the book, that at tone 16 (aesthetics) truth was
that he and they never logically figured out the correct technology, or
the .9 tone truth (sympathy) that the poor (sniff, sniff) fellow never
got TR-4 from anyone, So truth exists all over the tone scales (-160 to
'160) and beyond, on each dynamic in each Or the 3 universes (self,
Phys, and others universes). Thus there are 320 X 16 X 3 = 15,360 kinds
of truth on any subject, and Man is senior to all that.
Man is on the 14th dynamic, men is on the 4th. For practical purposes we
will consider the tone scale in rather abbreviated form, from about -80
to '80. -60 is should hide and -80 is surrender, '45 is amusement
(nothing matters), '50 agony, '60 inspiration, '80 is ideas. The -40 to
'40 chart is in this book. At 100 is truth absolute, 120 individuality,
160 coexistence (Lucifer and his fallen angels tone), and at 320 to 400 is
Life that is not being. From 320 to 400 is single deity, one God. The 160
to 320 -range is the multiple deity range where not actions are taken or
not to effect actions and dones, So much for Godhoods, the upper and lower
tone scale we are all in, and the upper dynamics that unfortunately by
harmonic rule men as dust. We could limit our discussion to a -40 to -40
range to get the Last Ditch done. The only reason I mentioned the ranges
outside of that is the work is easier is you know what you preclear is
saying, and from whence some of these life units are talking from.
383

Every area mentioned hereafter can be processed as the Last Ditch.
Auditing them out should be obvious, where I have not specified a
technique. The areas are numbered for reference and order, and are
presented in telegraphic style.
1. Before the physical universe 2 beings were joined together, One is
Senior, it is you. The other is almost as capable, has slightly lower
goals, is a good manager, and often faces the opposite direction as
you. audit the junior out. This 1s known as Joiner #1.
2. Between then and prior to entering the physical universe, Joiner #2
occurred. Five additional beings, 2 at the top and three in a row at
the bottom were attached. R3R each till departure.
3. Joiner #3. Epicenter entities; one in head area, one off each
shoulder, one in stomach area, one on either side of the body
horizontal with stomach, a total of 6. They should be run off where
each of them is stuck on their time track by R3R. They were once
people as you will discover in asking for the earlier beginning, of
their incidents,
4. The Genetic Entity (GE) was probably a thetan, so R3R his/her
incident out. It leaves. In the stomach area. The body and you both
run better without him there .
5. Entities. The bulk of them are either psychotic or neurotic or
asleep. They should be run out. Any one may take over your whole act
or cause psychosomatic illness, Some have been called demons, It
would be more accurate to say that some cause demon circuits. They
copy (in less than one minute) the entire personality of someone who
controlled you and play a mockery of it back to you, as a mockery in
an attempt to hypnotize you. They are very
confused, make a list of everyone that has controlled you, that you
wanted to be like, that you wanted to be with, that you wanted a
piece of, one list off 4 questions. Get a complete list which is a
big F/N. If it takes days, who cares but them, Find the commonalty,
purpose for attachment, your purpose for them being there (if
there is one), the common effort, the common emotion, common thought,
and common aesthetic repetitive until they leave. If a TA blow up and
more solid and won't go (2% of the time) then R3R their incident out
and they do leave. There is no typographical error here. Hubbard said
counter, and I said common. He and I differ on this subject vastly.
There is a minimum of 7 and a maximum of 250 of them on a person.
Every joiner incident contains the compulsion to pick more theta-
bodies. Thus entities like picking up more. Run them all out. They
really jam up on a
heavy this lifetime impact or operation, They do have obsessions of
having to have a body and don't perceive well without looking through
body perceptics. They adore manufacturing minds and keeping the Big
Being (you) asleep, it's a -Gullivers Travels' par
excellence situation. As I said, any one entity can make a body sick,
take over all the others or take you over. Audit one at a time. You
do this by intending that, and by using exact placement of your
communication with just that one, Spacially. Unfortunately, the
Scientology Churches and Hubbard do not mention how precise the
384

receipt point of the communication should be in TR-1. It should be
no larger than a 1/16th of an inch, Otherwise more than one entity
gets involved in the R3R, Thus wild changes in content on each pass,
instead of just dub coming off or normal development of the engram
wherein/you get more data each passes. In much of the Church/Hubbard
auditing what happens is this: Entity #1 starts on the Engram and
goes unconscious, entity #2 tries to run a different but similar
engram of his own on the second pass and goes
unconscious, entity #3,.,,etc until they attain the condition of
over half of that church's parishioners VIVID VISIO AND SONIC THEN
SHUTS OFF AND THE TRACK OCCLUDES, TA STAYS HIGH 3.7 USUALLY, CLIMBS
THEY SEE NO PICTURES, GET EMOTIONLESS, AND BECOME SIGNIFICANCE CASES
INCAPABLE OF REXPERIENCING OVERWHELMING FORCES ON R3R, some even
calling themselves clear. The truth in that is they have had all their
ability to perceive cleared out of them, Spiritually, that is you
close their bodies eyes, and they are actually blind.
Bodies were actually alot of fun before they got loaded up with
entities. They can be nice possessions, which is very different from
being one, Children have difficulties bringing these hundreds of
entities and their bodies under control. Most, if not all, spend 18
years trying and then give up, turning themselves and their lives over
to the entities who copied their parents personalities, and follow
such circuitry and directions and -voices in the night' to their
graves. Entities freely transfer to the mouth and through the mouth.
That is how they like to enter and leave.
More detail on how to run them is listed under the E-Targ
Rundown in the last few pages of this chapter, as is the repair list
for this level called the last ditch, or any level above OT7. The E
Targ R/D should be done at this point. in the sequence of
processes,
6. Psychosis and neurosis are most often simply the condition of an
entity stuck on the track in a trying to-control incident. Spot it.
7. A circuit is a mimicking entity which is intending hypnotism, Spot
it.
8. Getting the basic purpose of the entity toward the theta being (you)
blows their game. For them the gig is up at that time and they
depart.
9. They can put out up to a tenth of an amp electrically so the body can
jolt and jerk as they pull out of it or off of it, as the case may be,
They can be so small as to put out only 1/50 millionth of an amp.
The size variables thus are between one and 5 million. Some can read
minds. Check for it on the E-meter. If it reads don't use a mind to
audit them. Don't just run the force out of the Engrams, as Hubbard
did for 15,276 hours, nor the thoughts only as most Church
parishioners do a run at all. If you got either form of
squirreling going on, I can guarantee you it is an entity, and
you'll have to ask for earlier beginnings and later endings to get
all the content and an erasure. If you can read minds, this is all a
walk in the park. If you can't read minds, read an E-meter and use
logical 385

questions and get your case run off until you can. Then you need no
E-Meter. Until then you do. You can use the repeat spotting
technique on self and entity once the purpose is found.
10. Use the spot technique to vanish any urge you have you don't
like. 11. Entities are not aware the other entities are there. Spot
it. 12. Command centers shift from entity to entity as the lifetime
progresses. Any Heavy this lifetime incident run out of each of
them, separately.
13. They will jump across to other bodies and talk back to you to
get control. They firmly believe they physical universe, Spot
both.
14. They are trapped either by purposes or commonalties. They get
firmly and thoroughly trapped by interest, senses of ethics, and
emotional wavelengths, especially curiosity, That's hot stuff for
them, These areas will turn on entities in people, and thus make
them robotic, Of course, Hubbard uses all 6 to insure robotism in
his following, Spot each of the 6 across the flows and observe
the entity control appearing as a result.
15. They (entities) can be hypnotized and sent to other locations and
they wall go and do what they are told and report back. This is
mechanical, crude astral projection. Most people (the big being, you)
are living out this life on goals received at mechanical between
lives implant stations, such as being -born again'.
16. Home universe got eaten up by the Physical Universe. In this
conflict, we got the -battle of the universe' perhaps from this much
of a -case' builds, Some entities have the purpose -to build a
universe', but that is rare, as most have the purpose to keep the
thetan asleep and convert him to MEST, so the next invasion force of
theta will have more playing field to play on. Home universe was
aesthetic and safe, then it started to turn moldy, then it was
absorbed by the physical universe, The last one the author had was
only 1000 feet long, 300 feet wide, and 100 feet tall, and it took
the physical universe 1000 year's to break it down. Run this out on
the big being, The earliest, not last one, condemned for not being
able to control his targs and given 6 of them and told you work it
out and you are being sent to earth for you are not acceptable to us
in this society until you can control your targs. There is a big
light overhead and a semicircular tribunal of Judges, Run this out
until the targs leave. They will leave immediately when they see you
know their game and realize they cannot accomplish their goals on
you.
18. Bank overts flow in one direction, forward in time; the regret
for the overt is a flow backward in time as an attempt to return to
the state of time before the overt. these two flows are in opposition
and form a ridge. Thus overts float timeless, and above time, Spot
and run it.
19. On somatics: -Tell me something you could have done to have
_________'
386

20. Run out every -maybe' by listing them or on a meter, on each of
the 16 dynamics,
21. Life continuums (taking on the personality and goals of another
as one's own) and valences (personalities other than one's own) both
come from overts against that person. Run-em all off.
22. If one can't do, there is one or more maybe. Things should be yes
or no. Run that. Two-way Communicate with the PC (abbreviated
-2wc') on the following flow scale to where he has subjective
understanding and can use it:
Absolute Truth
Relative truth
education
service
help
communication
not-communication
23. Regret is a turning back time attempt, to go back in time before the
overt, It works to the degree it sticks the person there in that
time. Run that. Then run out the incident of conflict between
collectivism and individual right prior to and resulting into his
entrance into the physical universe. Lot of earlier beginnings and
later endings and one can easily have 20 passes on this incident
which is lengthy, very sophisticated, and highly visible as being
dramatized by present society. at a minimum one should get extension
of viewpoints into a mob or cloud, entrance to same,
changes in space disorientation, captivity sensation, tiny specks of
light, shrinking down to see then, and not noticing them getting
smaller as you continue to shrink down to see these 3 tiny specks,
finally one-way glass phenomena, getting into one of the specks,
shock at then being in the physical universe, confusion over
whether one has moved at all, when it felt like one moved, inability
to get out of the artificial set of space-particle-position,
disbelief and disagreement. If not this incident, and lens one
appears, that is valid. There were about 14 different ways folks got
put in here by force, and cleverness.
24. A higher reality on Motivator-overts-locks-Service Facsimiles is
that they were made to serve somebody else, not self. Ask for most
subtle service facsimile, who did it serve, do not do R3SC unless
requested by PC, but do R3R, on the receipt of this crazy computation.
25. Forgetting is a SF so get it worded and run R3SC, then R3R on at,
so the PC can remember any and everything. It may not be rapid,
but he can.
26. Overts with a regret ridge block a whole case from discharging. DO
YOU HAVE ANY OF THESE?
27. The PC owns the maybe on the overt that he -did or didn't have the
right to do it'. Do you have any of these? Go earlier similar as
necessary and it usually will be necessary.
387

28. On the Rising Scale processing on Grade 4, there are 2 more
columns that run well Win/Lose and Restraint of others/freedom
for self. Do rising scale on them.
29. Above 28 on the tone scale, one is out of communication, has an
infinity of time, operates on -I Know', one's own universe, and
Absolutes. Perhaps this book is an extension from that range, There
are extremely thin wavelengths here, Spot at to EP.
30. From tone 28 to 0 is the -normal' tolerance band, the physical
universe, relative truth, knowledge, and Scientology at its best, as
it was formerly published. Spot it.
31. From 0 to -80 there is zero time, negative truth, out of
communication, and matter getting more solid. Spot it.
32. Anything can be put on a zero to infinity gradient scale. Spot and
2wc.
33. Apathy is thought that is just about matter. Spot it. There is an
enormous amount of time per unit of space.
34. Non-absolute thoughts have wave lengths and characteristics. Spot
both. (all spot processes are repetitive to big EP and cause in the
area).
35. Occlusion is caused by the track being jammed up. Do you have any of
either and handle accordingly.
36. Targs, BTs , Entities, the GE, Epicenter beings are evident to be on
a case if the person is on the -80 to '2 part of the tone scale by their
manifest conduct, behavior, and associations. The theta being (you) if
awake is manifesting '2 to '160 behavior, conduct and associations, if
all other life is out of your space. Being awake and having these other
critters around is extremely rare, however in
the unlikely event you do encounter such an individual he will have the
widest roller coaster from -80 to '160 you've ever seen. He'll be
blowing up soviet labs knowingly one minute and be stuck in a
tree begging flesh for a smooch the next, he'll advise Heads of State
one week, and pump gas the next, he will be fully conscious he is living
in a hell, They are pretty rare, very capable, and ignorant of their
state and fate. Here you would be able to observe the effort
death throes of a deity resolve quickly by getting all his fleas off,
You could also let him die, which would tell you what you are, asleep,
and being entity run. What one does , not what one says, identifies
which of the two fundamental businesses you are in: the life business or
the death business. Spot the 2 parts of the tone scale, their conduct,
behavior, and respective associations.
37. People were made to forget by being hit with too little space in too
little time. Spot it.
38. Dying has been adopted as the most accepted method of forgetting.
Spot it.
388

39. Time is a way of throwing away creations using the same space over
and over again. Spot it.
40. Each entity has the obsession to collect more entities. Spot it. 41.
The flytrap, also known as the bubble gum, the reactor, and the
stoplights, is an incident which has a whole lot of in and out action
and trains one that he cannot originate (create), and that he can
only return motion (React), -You are only a mirror.' Run it to EP.
42. You can't train a person to create. If you are training him he is
usually out of create, below it, Spot it.
43. By adding your own counter effort, emotion, thought, aesthetic (4
counters) to repetitive electronic or other waves that go back and
forth, you alter-is, thus stick them on yourself, Get the idea of
________ (on each of the counters on incoming electronic and
other waves. Do not neglect aesthetic Vs aesthetic waves.)
44. By the interaction of flows back and forth between terminals, the
contest is to find which terminals. Spot it.
45. The exception to this is where a mutual goal exists with 2 or more
terminals, then the phenomena is -build, build, build'. Spot it.
46. Flowing wavelengths at another is part of an attempt to fight oneself
back upscale. 2wc its workability. Question why he flows at all in the
physical universe, why it is necessary, would others still mock up
and dub in an apparency if he didn't, etc. until he gives up such
foolishness.
47. The higher the tone the more subjective time per agreed upon time,
2wc, and spot it,
48. Axiom 0 is that theta can create ideas, wavelengths, space, and
time. Spot it.
49. People are pinned down into the physical universe by the obsession
with the idea that one can only return ideas, wavelengths, space,
and time. It was and is suggested falsely that these things existed
before him, so he figures he cannot create them, and so does not, and he
ends up just returning them instead. He ends up returning already
created ideas, wavelengths, space, and time back and forth, instead of
creating them. Spot it.
50. Subsequently, the being after flowing this already created material,
eventually starts stopping some of it. Have him spot the first
emotion he stopped.
51. Thus the most chronic aberration is flowing ARC. Have him explain
that to you.
389

52. Conventional, routine, mechanical ARC is 0 to 28 on the tone scale,
is human association in the physical universe, of mirroring back to
people, and is founded on the idea that one can only return efforts,
emotions, thoughts, and aesthetics and must stop some.
53. The obsession to return is what makes the physical universe -bad'.
2wc.
54. Most beings when a facsimile is restimulated will prevent acting it
out (dramatization) by knowingly restimulating an opposite
facsimile. This can be automatic. When this is going on, the track feels
like MEST. Do you have any track that feels like MEST?
55. As-is the inflow of motion, emotion, effort, thought, and aesthetics
in that order.
56. The physical universe keeps expanding, picking up an absorbing more
home universes. Spot it.
57. This universe can be then'd for a new one to be made by any 2 or
more others that elect to do so and are capable of it.
58. Knowing by -pervasion' (being there) and knowing by
approximation (mental mock ups approximating reality) are O to 28
tone scale actions which works well in those ranges and are both
senior to facsimile computation listed in -54'.
59. Pure thought is timeless, spaceless, and shapeless.
60. Between Lives implants are made up of them or a machine flashing
general pictures that are alot like your memory with the idea -we
are erasing your memory for you.' Run it.
61. Gradients are only workable in the 3-dimensional universes range.
62. People do emanate waves.
63. The majority of significant aberration is on the subject of control.
Control is an attempt to robotize a human being, when control is
aberated. Once such a thing is started it gets out of hand and
spreads... after enough of this one ends up with a robot that ceases
to be of any use to anybody, The fastest method of robotization of
people is to mix up their attention units. By first fixing attention
units, second invalidating that, and thirdly saying attention units
should be over here you get rapid robotization,
64. The anatomy of shock is rapidity.
65. The tone scale of motion is attack, ignore, neglect, withdraw,
retreat.
66. To change the Physical Universe, you -then' the previous one that
was there.
390

67. Glare fights. Run them. Usually the most attention units directed
wins, goes on in society still as people staring people down,
humans resist it.
68. People recently have come down to a tremendous interdependent
parity, of each person being like the other. Social pressures
apparently dictate an even more extreme parity forthcoming. Spot
it.
69. Antagonism and enthusiasm are both outflows and are harmonic
(1/2 harmonics).
70. Any tone creates three hundred geometric wavelengths of
harmonics, 1,,,2.,,4,,,8,,,16 etc. One could surmise exactly how
wide the absolute tone scale is: 2 to the 300th power. The tone
scale could not be infinite, as one can interiorize or
exteriorize from it at will.
71. Fear is a dispersal.
72. Hollow spots may exist in the body and one's space . If you get into
them all attention units flow out. There is anger and grief on the sides
of Hollow Spots.
73. Fear then grief on incoming enturbulation proceeds to dispersal out
proceeds to inflow proceeds to reaction against anything going away
proceeds to stop proceeds to stop apathy. Thus an infinity of
attention units has been reduced to the zero of the apparent
motionlessness, where at is all moving but canceling itself out. This
is the exact construction (electrically uniform) of the cycle of
going from concern to death, whether it takes 1/2 a second or 60
years. They all run out.
74. The high society crowd has the threefold and three-flow wave
construction trap of escape, boredom, and insincerity.
75. There is a flinch before impact. Attention units in a band
surround the thetan and the body, thus the incident and above flows
occur before physical impact, not after or during, and the incident
stops before the impact which sticks it.
76. Thus electrically it is over before it physically happens, and the
closing decision is there at the close of the electrical incident. The
physical impact of the receipt of the entheta cements the decision in.
The fear-grief-apathy-stop electrical cycle, can and usually does
precede actual impact, although the previous drawing showed the
grief flows occurring at point of impact. So there is an electrical,
emotional incident which can, and usually does, occur prior to the
physical occurrence. It can occur during the physical occurrence, It can
occur after the occurrence (person coming out of shock). The later two
are more rare.
77. Run attention units flowing in/out of ridges, hollow spots, and areas
of motionlessness.
391

78. Apathy walls under -traditional' auditing could take 100's or 1000's
of hours to discharge by itsa. Running the flows per -73' aforementioned
takes a few minutes.
79. Every emotion that is locked onto a thetan, is locked onto them
solely by its aesthetic harmonic .
80. Erase the concept of aloneness.
81. Erase packing up on a ridge (groupers), and all holders, denyers,
and forgetters (which are flows).
82. Erase fighting back against overts, motivators, deserved actions,
and obsessions. 2wc what if now was somebody else's then.
83. Run out making, others fight obsessions.
84. Run out you running away from, and making others run away from,
85. Run out the 9 obvious processes of 1. motion inwards, 2. you going
away from, 3. holding onto a. overts b, motivators c, deserved
actions.
86. Prediction thinking is best if you have simple fundamentals to
extrapolate all data from. 2wc.
87. Enforced ARC, -be sociable and agreeable' is psychotic. 2wc.
88. Validation/Invalidation are traps. Validation is enforced ARC, and
invalidation is inhibited ARC, One is a license to survive, the other
a license to not survive. They do not EXIST above 2.0 on the Tone
Scale. Both are interference with self-determinism by another.
89. Thinking in Society: Counter effort incident, then heavy emotion
incident, then a thought incident. Example- Impact on head by girl
(engram), then secondary full of maybes where he decides that he hates
women and then a lock of wanting to hit women and restraint
of at, thus conclusion (attitude or intention formation) -women are
no good', machine thinking.
90. By identifying with opponents, and further identifying with the
whole universe, individuality got nullified.
91. Anything one holds sympathy for, one identifies with.
92. Erase the feeling of timelessness.
93. Deserved actions PC's have backwards so they can't figure them out.
They deserved it so they won't ever let it erase, It's an incident
waiting on the track that didn't resolve.
94. Where counter efforts come in, PC flows out, making a ridge, and
vice versa.
95. People plot harmonically on the Tone Scale by ¯-Game (-80 to Zero)
then actual human tone (0.0 - 2.0) and social machinery (2.0 -
392
4.0). Thus approval from bodies as their 24 hour a day act
produces actual apathy and bored social responses, etc. A ¯n at
2.0 on the Tone Scale has brilliant exterior perception.
96. If you are sure of your own survival, you wall not invalidate others
or self. If unsure of personal survival, you will invalidate self and
others.
97. Validation is stating the truth. Invalidation is stating a lie. It has
nothing to do with flattery. Telling someone they are fat or crippled
or incapable when they are is validation.
98. Belief, awareness, and certainty are 3 separate distinct areas, and
should not be confused. Likewise, the spirit, mind and body.
99. Power mania, greed, glory, and sex are prominently human
aberrations,
100. People have lived through societies with thought police, 1000
times more oppressive than this one.
101. The basic on all secondaries and rejection is the incident of
separation from theta.
102. After the flytrap, there the obsession to return motion, the
next incident is the Angel Era, full of religion, church type of
people which expel one out of their area, after all the angel glare
fights. 103. When run the theta traps, poles, fields, globes.
104. Then run the body builders (electrical construction of the
body), 105. Then Push Button Societies.
106. Work Societies.
107. Space Opera and Spacemen (rare as only bums played this at all,
and implants of it).
108. Trapped on heavy and light gravity planets, marooned.
109. Electronics people (heavy gravity planets) Vs, thought people (light
gravity planets).
110. Twin or multiple concurrent time track experiences, living various
lives simultaneously.
111. Identifications with MEST bodies.
112. MEST body games.
113. Lack of memory by agreement. Between lives implants -to be born
again'.
114. Implanted entities of false personalities.
393

115. Implant of spinning electronic cone in one with instruction -you
can't separate from your soul'.
116. Cyclone tears one apart, to feel sad and torn to pieces.
117. Find one incident of the first time you wrapped yourself around a
body.
118. Find the incident of crushing two bodies together sexually. Note:
one has a compulsion from and the other a negation.
119. Run the incident of being outside of people.
120. Find the incident where he's fitting a past facsimile off the track to his
present body.
121. On fitting over the first body, run the Overt , Sympathy , Protection ,
Propitiation , Identification , Life Continuum Cycle.
122. Run the Halver where left side is bad and evil and the right side is good,
light waves and rays were used, This Halver has statue-dolls
coming towards you, instructs that you have to love everybody
and stay together, obsession to sadism, sexual instructions and
compulsions installed here.
123. Run pledge to take care of a body forever.
124. What would you defend at all costs ? The item is the Hottest Overt (no
sympathy), sympathy, protect, propitiate, identification, life
continuum cycle on the guy, This is totally running them until it
is erased.
125. Get all the pictures of old bodies off the present one.
126. Run out care of body phobia.
127. Run out a lifetime that was so unbearable that he terminated
it. 128. Separation from (individuation as aberration).
129. Unaberrated individuality is you as the main body of theta.
130. Run the incident of -you are you all by yourself and not
others. 131. There actually is a real nirvana where 8 or 9
individuals act in perfect harmony. They act as one and select the
physical universe for randomity.
132. -Only I can be cause, only I can help' is widespread.
133. True accurate beingness is essentially selfless, without
jealousy, envy or greed.
134. A body of theta can have many individuals of theta, each very
individual, and each very cause.
394

135. ¯ engages upon MEST, obtains data, retreats, engages on MEST.
(This text is another engagement and re-release).
136. A person that is living and apart of all the dynamics cannot be
implanted, decline or forced into a 1st dynamic.
137. Once a person is down to being a 1st dynamic, he is prey and
prone to the receipt and transmission of aberration.
138. Once you are a main body of ¯, you are then individual cause, and
you don't have to be a 1st dynamic. It, the 1st dynamic, runs fine
automatically.
139. Government and churches do not enslave people, People enslave
themselves to them. Improvement of such a situation is only
possible by changing peoples' concept of freedom. 140. We all did come
from the same origin.
141. The more individual a person is the more he is being all the
dynamics.
142. All of human thought is extrapolated from the fundamentals of
elementary physics (300 words) by a rational mind.
143. Other rays than photons move faster than the speed of light.
144. Being cause as an individual in a group instead of being the group
causes trouble.
145. Aberration is the symptom for a single cause of it - the assignment
of causation to determinism other than self.
146. Erase the obsession to be a 1st dynamic and assign other cause.
147. Run individuality X 4 flows X A, R, C, U X Nots.
148. Run Aesthetics Triangle violations and breaks. Aesthetic Triangle
is Mood, Rhythm, and Harmony.
149. If confident you have found the single item that befouled your
preclear, run a full bracket. XUCDEINR (8) X MHR (3) X ARC (3) X
Flows (3) = 72 processes. This was the wheel of processes in India. 150.
Fear as trying to escape.
151. Run out putting out and taking in tractor, pressor, refractor,
disintegration, and pencil sized beams.
152. Run out getting others to put tractor beams on you (wanting to be
wanted).
153. Do this also on aesthetic lines. It'll blow the mechanics of the 2nd
dynamic all to pieces.
154. Holding facsimiles with tractor beams.
395

155. The Duplicator (mechanical duplication installed).
156. Magnetic Post , with circular field that flows back whatever is flowed
to it.
157. Body as most successful ¯-trap extant. You flow aesthetics to it and
get only heavy waves back.
158. First MEST body he blanketed.
159. First body he blanketed that exploded electrically off the death shock
as somebody else was in it.
160. Nipping - the 1st body contact, after 100,000's of nips, getting
trapped by the heavy backflow waves of sorrow, apathy, and
exhaustion.
161. Aesthetic appreciation of life locks onto the thetan itself.
162. After nipping and blanketing, run when he's 200 yards from body
and 200 feet high.
163. He's 16 feet high runs a full lifetime in one body finishing at 15
feet
high.
164. Run the 3 - 20 more ridges of what he conceived himself to be.
165. Run basic on got to hold on, but can't get off.
166. Run lucklessness this lifetime when tried to run someone 5 feet
away, fails and apathy.
167. As the electronic incidents he used as motivators, get off all
his overts on bodies.
168. Run 3 of the most aberrative things around:
a. Sexual intercourse
b. Aesthetic lines
c. Earlier bodies he's had restimulated by failed control this
lifetime.
169. Run avoidance of exhaustion wave.
170. Run pride as high aesthetic sensitivity.
171. Run out the psychic upset of the body as nothing.
172. Run basic incident where PC:
Tried to control people on level of aesthetics.
Tried to control people generally.
Tried to make people know.
Tried to make people start.
Tried to make people change.
Tried to make people stop.
Tried to make people be.
Used a force wave and tried to make people be.
396

Used a force wave and tried to make people know.
173. Theta body magnifies the field of the somatic as it sits outside of
the body field which sits outside the body.
174. At death there is alot of electric shock put out which explodes
facsimiles.
175. Close eyes. Find a white spot. Repetitive what do you do to make it
more white. Do it until somatic and picture pop off. Or put attention
where it will go more white until same EP.
176. On screens and walls: what couldn't be behind them?
177. On black spots where do you have to put your attention to turn it
more white?
178. Honey Combs in space, thing in mouth, 3 discs intersect band-saw
incident.
179. Capper - glowing rays up and down head and -it's fun to have
facsimiles'.
180. Into the Ellipsoid (oval), then out, shame, then 3 black boxes, then
shot out 50 billion miles from the body.
181. The Iron Maiden or Boats: They close 2 halves, spikes inside.
Attention out to shell. Electronic flows change and reverse from
sides and bottom at feet.
182. Run basic of fastest possible tone drop (emotional) from very happy
to apathy.
183. Energy formation outside conventional frame of reference of
frequency, volts, amps, ohms.
184. Tone scale as not being a gradient scale of one commodity, It could
be lateral sources, thus ranges such as:
40 truth people
20 lookers
0 beings
-8 humans
-40 sufferers
There could be no relation between lateral sources other than the
above. There could be 33. Process it.
185. There is one point from which all flows resolve on any incident. Have
PC run on his favorite incident.
186. Run stop-at Vs, can't stop-it ridge.
187. Run 2 facsimiles causing a maybe as phenomenon.
188. Run theta-body tactile from 1' off body to safe margin of 30'.
397

189. Run basic tiredness off by running basic -I'll pull it in'
Retractor beam.
190. Run implosion.
191. Run being pulled apart, which causes collapse of attention.
192. Run getting 2 retractor beams on the head as a slap.
193. Run ionizing the air and making vacuums.
194. Run out blanketing someone who blows up. 195. Run out stealing
or copying facsimiles.
196. Run out the obsession to learn and to have facsimiles.
197. The Tumbler - Black rotating drum emanator 10 feet from port
holes - refractor waves. 30 feet from end emanator refractor
pulsar. May have blower in at. Sensations of dizzy, falling, no
time, disorientation. Thought wave/no body. Run exterior only.
198. The Floater : Reversing polarity field. Thought wave/no body. Run
exterior only.
199. Overts compounding exponentially until what?
200. Run an anger incident of hold onto the body. 201. Run the apathy at
tone 31, the fear of 33.
202. Entities are beings that went out the bottom and declined to a
state of just holding onto one facsimile and saying I'm still here, thus
if you can't get rid of a thought by as-isness, an entity is holding it
there. Run them out.
203. Run out the invalidation of beauty, criticism of what one thought
was beautiful. Process art/be/beauty/creativity.
204. When did you agree the MEST universe was pretty? Ditto a body.
205. When did you try to control the beautiful?
206. Run thetans controlling other thetans by getting them interested in
beauty.
207. Concept of wanting to control someone because they are pretty.
208. Concept of controlling others by getting them to create.
209. Run 1st overt, then the greatest recurring overt cycle of overt,
sympathy, propitiation, life continuum.
210. Run 209 on MEST bodies, societies, people, the physical universe.
211. Run why they aren't a theta - body.
398

Having run these 200 or so areas out, on those beings that need them,
they are then out of the last ditch.
Those PCs that don't need this run out weren't in the ditch .
Of course , all the material should be verified as done on the auditor
before he runs if off the PC , and every drop of at solo audits very
easily. These processes provide complete and total reality on one being a
spiritual being and the logical pitfalls and career errors on one's
adventure in this physical universe. If such total reality already exists
on your PC , it is still wise to verify them as complete.
The last ditch processes should be run or verified before running the
epilogue processes. In most instances, the E-Targ Rundown should be
done first. If TA is high once the rundown is open, check -My charge
or theirs' , and if theirs start the session and clean up what is
open. 399

E-TARG RUNDOWN
Assess: GE, BTs, Epicenter Beings, Entities (there are 6), Targs,
(usually 6 of them), Take strongest (not largest read) (rocket read,
theta bob, instant hunting needle, rockslam all take priority over a long
fall) read. Here's how to handle each. (BTs handle per OT 3 materials.)
1. GEs: Have him move to where he is stuck on the track and have
him erase that, with earlier beginning where he cognites he was a
person. Get his originations after erasure and he'll depart.
2. Epicenter Beings: Same as GE handling.
3. Targs: Run your incident of receiving them R3R per #17 of the
Final Ditch until natural cog/awareness. After this you have no
need to return to that society or keep these convert-theta-to-MEST
beings around and they leave.
4. Entities:
a. What is common between you and the entity?
b. What is the entities purpose toward you?
c. What is the common effort, emotion, thought, aesthetic?
d. What is the entities purpose toward you?
(If TA rise, run the incident where he is stuck on the
track.) e. Why have you kept the entity around?
f. Why doesn't the entity want to leave?
g. When did the entity transfer into your space?
h. Did it jump to you or did you grab it?
i. Why don't you want to let it go?
99% of them handle by step d, 1% need e thru i repetitive (with
repeater technique on the stubborn, don't use force it's -
understanding' all the way.)
A 1/10 of a percent of the time they still won't go and their attention
(notice) should be put once on PT, you, and the room.
Long (1 - 5 Minute) origins are usual, not unusual. They are trying to
figure the mess they are in out.
One at a time of course. If Joiner #1 or #2 restimulate, run their
stuck incidents of the Joiner off.
The entities are run off a list of who has controlled you, who have you
wanted to be like, or with, and who have you wanted a piece of.
400

ABOVE OT 7 REPAIR LIST ;
Last time you felt good accountability
Self assigned responsibility away
2-D flows will fix it
conditions not ised
inhibited ARC denied an as-isness
enforced ARC undeserved action
your case deserved action
drugs cut off from theta
this lifetime incident being a 1st dyn Vs other
dyns BTs greatest overt restim
Entities greatest repeating overt Targs
flowed to long in one direction Epicenter
beings out ethics as motivator degradation
out ethics as overt
no self worth 2 things mocked up in
aesthetic break opposition that don't
belong incorrect self assignment that way
of ethics condition loss
incorrect admin. scale disturbance
goals actual GPM restim
war above the universe shock
trapped on a scale
stuck in another place or time failure
running on remote lie
interiorized GE
outlist havingness
ruds suppressed cognition's
Engrams havingness scale
Roller Coaster misduplication
Bypassed Charge on Prev Auditing misunderstood
concept Service Facsimile protest
unflat process too many postulates in area
3rd party in ones space opinions
dramatizing anothers case suppressed quit
pinned or held by another undetected
growth addiction baited
this lifetime as totality trapped
evil purposes prevented
unflat grade confront went out
unflat process had to meet a standard
multitrack incident stable datum
challenged charge above time maybe in
progress
error on chain run cant start, change,
stop
earlier charge has appeared Body illness
entity ran something you didn't Mental
illness beams from another Spiritual illness
circuits pictures presented by another
suppressed chain agreements
suppressed pain disagreements
shame Resisted
regret invalidated
below having challenged
bacteria contamination
401

THE NEW LAND
Disputable Data
There is a data-set of information which holds true only 70% of the
time. It is the theory that people are dominated and express only 3
dynamics, with only one of the 3 being strongly evident. Thus the world
would be composed of essentially 16 personality types, and usually only
8. These 8 types are labeled as follows:
Dynamic People understand and specialize in
8 Whats
7 Hows
6 Volition (Whether or not)
5 Forms
4 Whens
3 Locations
2 Events
1 Reasons
This theory further purported that even-numbered dynamics opposed odd-
numbered dynamics in a fashion which caused the ridges and friction's of
existence as we know it. Recognition of this crossflow
warfare was adequate for one to rise above participation in that
electronic and spiritual slavery.
402

; The Human Loop: Beyond Humanity
This is a paradoxical chapter in that in describing what is beyond
humanity one is probably describing what is humanity. Most people, to a
greater or lesser degree, have one foot in the human range and one foot
out of it.
Whether any of this extraneous information is of any use to the reader in
improving, positioning, or orienting their fellow man I would hope to be
self evident. It is doubtful that it should be overly practiced in
deference to or as a substitute for the -clean bridges' aforementioned.
Coming
clean as a being is a very high order of experience.
The mind loves sequence, order, programs, operating systems,
transitions, and loops. This chapter is somewhat uncomfortable to the
mind as there are no transitions in the data presented.
1. The location of this planet is generally described as A6
DYX4,679,124,871 E0B¯.
2. Bodies are held to thetans. The inverse is doubtful.
3. There is a GPM Bank with adjective words of:
1. Fixed
2. Persisting
3. Doing
4. Opposing
5. Flowing
6. Evaluating
7. Incidental
8. Recorded
9. Living
which has no rootwords and no prefix. 'Life' is the 1st Endword. It
blows pretty fast on inspection.
4. There is another bank known as -the pillars'. The top two items are:
to create destruction to destroy creation
The last 2 items are:
to longer know to know longer
You will find this bank on class B-14 beings and above. It unmocks
extremely quickly. Obviously any auditor or PC up to -know' can derive
these GPM banks in detail if necessary. The point of this is to run these
2 GPM banks out.
5. Survival being linear, there are other factors in life that are not
linear. There are exponential factors (they compound like interest in a
savings account) of negatives and positives In auditing you erase the
negatives and rekindle the positives. Survival breaks into needs and growth.
Auditing these 3 factors of survival, growth, and needs has limited
workability, because you are auditing Lambda (the organism) which is limited
by the Dianetic Axioms. Unfortunately, in auditing you will encounter points
where these exponential positives are restricted by exponential negatives.
It is only unfortunate when it happens so early that the PC can't untangle
it. These points are what a case is. Whenever it does come up in a folder,
403

you will have to run it, the moment it is presented to you. Whether ready
or not, the being will make most of clear, most of the grade chart, and
most of O.T. instantly on your handling of this horrible reality for him.
This, of course, is the point where a life static resumes active knowing
creation and abandons unknowing co-operation with less-than create
mechanics. In that it has happened only a few dozen times in the last 30
years, you needn't be too worried about handling it. Your handling of it
is to do absolutely nothing but agree . The tone scale will decompose for
him and he will declare some form of mastery, and curiously enough the
whole world will be listening. You see, you have no choice but to agree. He
will have decided it is to be so, and so it was, is, and will be for all of
us. You could force this on any preclear by asking for a clay demo of -the
only reason there is anything wrong with anything.' That would be a foolish
thing to do, because you are forcing the state and responsibility down
somebody's throat. People think and feel that they want to be O.T. I
would suggest that you examine only their actions, for by their actions
you will see they do not. If they did want to be O.T., they would be, and
very quickly by volunteering their stress and break points on
exponentialities. 6. The human loop starts untangling with the proper
tools. Changing people from people as animals to people as people is
quite a trick, It requires the same tools for the preclear that the
auditor has. In lieu of having the preclear read this book, you could do
an abbreviated job of giving him the tools he needs to undo his case
and/or the human loop. Here is how. Clear the following words to where
the PC can use, perceive, and relate them to each other in anything the
PC
looks at:
exponentiality
dichotomies
linearity
singularity
identification
association
generalization
futures
pasts
presents
goals
justifications
criticism
events
others
How the fellow has tools to look with and can get good erasures.
7. Auditing the collision of Life Forces is fun and productive. At the
least, I suppose it would raise the dead. It is going on when you look at an
ashtray. There are alot of people that want to be able to lift an ashtray by
postulate. I have often suggested they see one first. Looking and seeing
have no relationship to each other.
8. Aside from the self there is an overself above one and an animal self
below one. Confusing, identifying, or associating the three isn't
marvelous. Its a hell other people live in.
404

9. The human loop is the urge of survival on a mobius strip. It is the
same urge to survive which when looked at differently is seen to be
succumb (or evil). Theta and MEST (also create and destroy) are the same
urge
with 2 different views on the same figure-eight time warp. Distrust is only
faith that things will go wrong. Death is only survival as a not. The U-
turns in heaven and the U-turns in hell that send one back into the human
spectrum (of spectatorship) make whether one is going up or down
somewhat irrelevant. People know this so well they can't even see it. How it
is going seems much more important to people that where or how
many times. People know the game they are in far too well. Its hypnotic
to them. They are stuck in the fallacy that their logic and knowingness
are perfect and it is not. There is no freedom in a game. There is
freedom meaning free from the land. Free is a territory. It is not in or
of this universe. Nor is it in the mind, nor is it in Fairland (Fairdom)
or Fairydom.
10. Boxes are 6-sided traps. A case is often a box. You could get one from
a super market and take a magic marker and write -thetan' on the top, -
somatic mind' on the bottom, -Physical universe' on the front, -body'
on the back, -other universe' on the left, and -mind' on the right. You
would then hand this to your preclear, remarking -tell me about it, it seem
a curious way to live.' They keep telling you about it until they don't put
those automatic perception screens up anymore that act as a barrier between
them and other life. Ask them if they have a case. If they have put it back
up go ahead and ask why and run the incident. If your PC lies alot (a
minority of people do that uncontrollably), just list for why they have to
encase themselves this way. Once your PC actually gets good
subjective reality he has done this, it will be just too ludicrous to live
that way, much less maintain the thing.
11. Running the incident where people are taught to make engrams is
elementary. Do it.
12. Likewise, valence shifting.
13. Extremely remarkable case gain can be obtained in running the
combination of a secondary and an engram. Run these and you will fix and
change people. If you run just engrams and secondaries, you will only
help and improve them, because it is a very junior activity to running
the secondary-engram combination. On the sec-eng combo you will have
impact, unconsciousness, contest, impact unconsciousness, loss,
decisions, dichotomies, duplication, and then extreme dichotomy in that
order. An obvious R3R command is: LOCATE AN INCIDENT OF
REPETITIVE PAIN, UNCONSCIOUSNESS, EMOTION, AND LOSS WITH DICHOTOMIES TO
THE POINT OF CHANGING IDENTITIES. It works
well in undoing the monstrosities of experience, including severe
implanting. Basically what you are pursuing here is not just when he
was beat to death as a being, but when he was beat beyond that to being
someone else.
14. You can further disintegrate the human loop by running:
the flow of now to now
from consideration to postulate
from postulate to opinion
from experience to understanding
from creation to experience
405

from is to not-is
from alter-is to is
from as-is to alter-is
from when he was right and it didn't turn out that
way from when he was wrong and it did turn out that
way from being stupid when he shouldn't have been
from where he paid too dearly
from where he gave all to get out
from where he was a proponent
from where he was an opponent
from where he was a third party
from where he couldn't stand it
anymore from where he had marbles
from where he completely abandoned
self from when he changed galaxies
from where he changed Gods
from where he changed affiliation
from he went from operation to
reflection from performance to
complacency
from games to past-times
from responsibility to irresponsibility
from 3 viewpoints to one
from 2 viewpoints to 3
from one viewpoint to 2
from 9 viewpoints to 4
15. You can L/N for the most detested experience and R3R it.
16. Then determine whose purp causes such things, and run the flows
of that purp, which may not be his own.
17. You can L/N for the most withheld re-current misery and R3R on 9
flows. No read, no run on 9 flows.
18. R3R Int to mock up obsessively.
19. R3R taking ones' purposes as one's own.
20. R3R Q and A as aberration.
21. L/N for couldn't be, do, have, experience and R3R the 4.
22. L/N for why one fails. R3R.
23. L/N for why one maintains social consciousness. R3R.
24. L/N for what Code of Honor violations are a solution to,
after determining them, and then R3R the item.
25. R3R creating case(s) forever.
26. R3R ruin.
27. R3R disaster.
28. Differentiate and word clear to EP:
406

Static - thetan
Objective - Subjective
thetan - MEST
Something - No Thing
Case - No Case
Group - No Group
Universe - No Universe
His Universe, Physical Universe, Others Universe
29. L/N for greatest repeating overt on others universe collective
and R3R.
30. R3R when -damned'(or -tried to go exterior and couldn't').
31. Get common denominators on all the times you won/lost by writing both
down,
32. Find the time they -wouldn't trade for anything' and run it to get
the scarcity off.
33. Run done/withhold with -throughout all time' prefix, then run all
ruds with that prefix.
34. -Is there an entity using a copy of me on me?' This gets some real
cuties out in the open and on their way.
35. By living at the corner of this galaxy one is away from the madness
at the center. 2WC or R3R as you wish.
36. If there are 33 lateral life sources comprising the Tone Scale, there
are 33 technologies to repair each: Life Repair, Dianetics, Drug Rundown,
Expanded Dianetics, Introspection Rundown, Method 1, PTS Rundown,
Expanded Green Form, Track Repair, Grades, Power, R6EW, Clearing
Course, Integrity Processing, Creation of Human Ability, OT Levels,
Actual GPMs, Entities and NED for OTs, electronic incident track,
epilogue processing, 37R, L10, L12 are 25 of them. The other 8 are not
for sale. 37. If there are 33 planets inhabited in this sector, 15 of
which were sane, and 17 very nutty, they might have had these names:
Zenith, Panacea, Israel, Germania, France, Eldor, Carcia, Sagitariors,
Aquarious, Libris, Virgo, Libea, Diana, Capricorn, Clytemnestra, Estonia,
Scorpio,
Hestatia, Cronus (was blown up and is now an astroid belt thus the fall
of Cronus), Coltus, Tegiac, Christiana, Ruseia, Chinea, Septimus, Buddha,
Manua, Espanol, Constance. Dominion was later added after Cronus fell.
38. If so, Greek mythology might be astronomical history. If so, much
might be understood,
39. Although there are/were 2 million inhabited planets in this galaxy,
they classify into 3500 fundamental basic types. The English language
thus corresponds to galactic populations.
40. Ridge, flow, dispersal's form up 9 possible electrical constructions
of what is going on.
407

41. The pyramid shows that 3 (the sides of the triangle) plus 4
(triangles) equals 9. 10 being -perfect' less one also equals 9 with 5
points, 5 surfaces, you can achieve 9 lines. The missing one is the circle
this structure precipitates. No one can understand these simple facts and
maintain human consciousness. It forces the cognition that 9 flows and
self only result from the 4 triangles of ARC, BDH, KRC, As-Alter-isness
and one pops out.
42. The Life-Truth-Love triangle should be further defined:
Life: Alignment with or awareness of what theta is.
Truth: Certainty-Knowing without reservation.
Love: conviction-knowing emotionally throughout the entire tone
scale.
It is the Godhood triangle.
43. Connection cannot be flowed or withheld. It is contrasted with ARC
which can be flowed and withheld.
44. Dislikes Vs. Compulsions are a ridge.
45. The goal to be god is only on one who is not.
46. It bears repeating to re-word clear Karma as one's present beingness
determines one's future fate. Run that out. One's past obviously does not
effect ones present as much as folks desire it to be so.
47. Word clear black magic, witchcraft, sorcery, and necromancy with
the dictionary definition, specifically: -the use or abuse of supernatural
powers for selfish ends.' It is further defined as:
1. the raising of images of the dead.
2. the practice of infusing life into the unconscious elementaries of
the dead.
3. using them for evil ends.
Thus opening up death engrams on entities, getting them jammed up
with other half-awake entities, getting them to go out and do this to
others or help it to be done to others is evil in its most pronounced and
glaring form defined in the English language.
48. Word clear that this is what sloppy auditing can be,
49. Word clear that this is what Church of Scientology auditing usually
is. 50. Word clear that anyone sanctioning the above said is either scum
or a scumlord.
51. Run being lord of unstoppable scum R3R. Then, run being source of
unstoppable scum R3R.
52. Run knowing contrary to existence R3R.
53. Run being turned on by illness, sickness, insanity, a mind, the mind.
Separate chains.
54. Run sick hearts, involvement with.
408

55. Run rationality and instinct being disowned, segmented and in
conflict. Then, run it as the cause of all disease.
56. Run all religion and education being training in not looking, not
thinking, not-ising and buying alter-is as a substitute.
57. Run most people worshipping the physical universe as -God' as -its in
everyone' and -in all things'.
58. Run -the possibility of' (let PC have his own opinion and reality on
this one as its charged white hot) ,,. -the possibility of there being
nothing more than copies of real beings left. Only the mocked up
substitute imitations remain if the real ones were killing each other off
and out of guilt replaced what they killed with what they perceived they
killed. Rebuilding those replacements as best as could be done, then
endowing those replacement-substitutes with life. War continuing until
how many real beings left? Run this as a possibility of none . Then, run it
as one and you'll see the real charge, when, run having to live in his
physical universe with him thinking he's an imitation too. If he's a copy,
run out his death with earlier beginnings.
59. Process -never saids', -never will say'.
60. Process using the past as a substitute for the present.
61. Process: enforced suppression with enforced invalidation until cave
ins.
62. If you've come this far, he deserves to be woken up. It's about time to
really wake the guy up. I mean really wake him. No one can even sit still
under these next dozen questions: -Are you resisting a cognition?' -Are you
challenging a cognition?' -Are you stuck in a session?' -Are you
stuck midway through a cog cycle?' -Do you want a prep check of
cognition?' (If so, do it.) -Do you want a prep check of awareness?' (If
so, do it.) -Are you on a ridge?' -Are you on a flow?' -Are you on a
dispersal?' -Do you have a fixed awareness?' -Do you have a fixed
awareness cycle?' -Do you have an expense to net ratio?' (Cost to
achievement.)
63. Spot : if somebody pulls on you, you feel an outflow of that (their)
reality. To the degree you didn't like it, that is the only reality you'll
out flow.
64. Spot : if you pull on somebody, you'll feel them in on you/your space and
them as a beingness around you.
65. Spot : if somebody pushes on you and you dislike it, you will,
subsequently proportionate to the dislike, inflow that/their reality.
66. Spot : if you push on somebody you feel their erasure.
67. If the aforementioned 4 are true, you should first throw many of the
Philadelphia Doctorate tapes in the trash, where they belong now, and
second, get the fixed outflow/ inflow of reality your PC has identified
and then run the two incidents. Then, get the single beingness in his
space identified and run out him pulling that in. When, his pushing away
what is 409

gone and he is crying about being gone, the truth being he as-ised the
hell out of it out of hate. This will clear up fixed levels of inflow or
outflow.
68. Run -caught in the flows of another' . It's a stuck recording of a
universe.
69. Run as - was, as-will-be as states after word clearing then as
different from as (on an)-is.
70. Have PC conjecture and convecture coming out of treason on 1st
dynamic at last being noble, wise, gentle, corruptible, steel-hearted, as a
seerer beyond the wisest of all men. Of course, if there is a reluctance on
his being his own sovereign life static independent of theta, thus theta
traps like humanity, word clear the hell out of the Dianetic
Axioms(unfortunately there is ample evidence no one ever read them
before I did): 2, 3, 4, 7,9, 10, 11, 13, 14, 15, 27, 28, 31, 32, 36, 38, 40,
53, and especially 60, 61, 66, 67, 70, 71, 83, 90, 102, 115, 122, 133,
143, 147, 148, 149, 157, 164, 172,194.
You word clear these axioms until he sees how automated (thus crazy) theta's
game with itself is. Note that theta addresses 7% of the chart of attitudes
(only column one 'survive'), while ignoring 93% of life in its actions. Also
note that Scientology, Scientology churches, and Hubbard
are manifestations of theta and its condition. Word clear Scientology
axiom 3 that one cannot see unless one decides to see and sees only
because he considers he can.
Don't let him tip-toe out of this philosophical dilemma. He is either a
life static, theta, or lambda. Its high time he decides what he is, so he
can come out of treason to other life. Theta is the essence of treason.
Lambda is a piece of that essence. People hiding themselves by being and co
operating with theta ( all life as a collective ) do not deserve and cannot
accomplish auditing. The filth of the MEST universe is higher than they.
71. Do an extremely exact drug rehab from a fresh list. As an example,
116,725 cigarette releases, 36,812 coffee releases, etc.
72. If there are any health problems at all, you may wish to assess a
common illness and inoculation list which you would make up. You would
then adjust the diet, or use herbs and/or homeopathy to clean the
dormant ones out using iridology for confirmation that they have been
cleaned out.
73. Run ARC breaks by -locate the break in - on them starting at
the bottom of the scale and coming up the scale doing the breaks in
A,R,C,U per each level of the scale that exists below the CDEINR scale.
It is called the human scale , because the human race is on it , not the
CDEINR. It is:
FALSE
DENIED
ABSURD
RATIONALIZED
ABUSIVE
HORRIBLE
410

Then do the appropriate grade 0 and 2 processes with the human scale.
74. Below the human range the scale extends:
COMPRESSED
CONFUSED (1 person dreams something up and throws it on 2
people)
Now do these ARC Breaks and grade processes. This forms a circular
Know - Unknown - CDEINR - False - Denied - Absurd - Rationalized Abusive
- Horrible - Compressed - Conjured scale. The conjured is the new -
Know', for the 3021 dwindling spirals the being came down through. Some
came through more than 3021, and some came through less.
75. Non-circularly, and outside this -wheel of life', there is a level
below the circle:
RECRIMINATORY (someone calls you a criminal)
Do the breaks in ARCU, and the grade processes on 0 and 2 that are
appropriate.
76. Run the conflict of apparent truth to real truth when & how it effects
prediction.
77. Run single entrapments through the use of a series of offset symbols.
An example would be sex which can be a flow to express love and also a flow
to shut off 'love'. The two flows being in opposite directions form a
ridge. Thus sex fixates attention and obscures what it symbolizes, love.
Another example is the physical universe, which obscures perception of what
it symbolizes, the next universe out of ideas, absolutes in a while. Run
off these to where the PC can see that offset symbols, however run, obscure
what they mean by producing a 2-flow ridge, resulting in seeing too much of
the symbol or too little of what it represents.
78. Word clear:
PHYSICAL
ASTRAL (theta forms)
ETHERIC (the space the forms are in)
MENTALITIES (the absolutes that make the ethers)
79. Run the earliest clearing course incident at the Astral level.
80. Process losses at each of the 4 planes, then stuck wins using recalls,
there wins with incidents, then favorites. If necessary, run locational -
Universe processes' from grade 0 to break the 4 apart if your preclear has
poor reality on them
81. RF-word clear the 4 as rarefaction and condensation of the same
thing.
82. If there is perception or operation difficulty in any of these 'higher
realms', then run appropriate grade 2 processes, to clear that up.
83. Word clear that nothing is going to change at all unless the mentality
level is addressed and the absolutes stated and run.
411

84. Run the human loop and being inside the Human race. Then do it
again as a non-confront of the 3 higher levels, until he decides to live
instead of rot. You may drill being on and off of the human wavelength if
you wish. If so, when that is complete have him spot the grief on the
human loop when he is exterior to it. It will take more than a moment
to get him stable at this as it is almost overwhelming.
85. An occasional yet prevalent complaint of the humans is on the 2nd
dynamic. There are 5 areas that a 2nd dynamic may operate on/as:
Friendship
Companionship
Love
Sex
Inspiration
If any one of the five are operative on the 2nd dynamic it will usually
stick and stay. Each person must/does choose which or how many of the five
is what they seek inter-changed. A person is a miserable as only one is
evident, and as happy a all five are evident. Generally speaking, having one
is bad-mood-producing, two of the five up and running together are a break-
even, three a positive experience, four a pleasure, and five a mockery of
divinity itself.
Jamming the requirement for two-way all-5 at once is the cause of most
complaint. Many people are only capable of 2, due to the condition they
are in. I have heard that those two are love and sex. Most companionship
is fraudulent due to suppressed fear, The second dynamic is confrontable
and manageable (even erasable if you wish!) With these factors, any
complaints subside in lieu of and in view of these truths.
412

Anxiety Rundown
This can be run on just about anyone that understands the 4 conditions
of existence enough to spot them, and at any point on the bridge,
Step A:
1. What are you anxious about?
2. What is that a solution to?
3. Use problem-- solution to get up through the 4 conditions of
existence. Example:
(1) -Buying houses'
(2) Solution to? -Renting Apartments' (since this is a persisting item
you would note it as such and also that it is a generality and an
alterisness)
(3) -What doesn't persist on 'renting apartments'?'
-I hate the smell of the fish odor, oh yes 1971, that stinking fish odor'
(item erases)
So you would work this 1,2,3 repetitive until the anxiety on buying
houses is erased.
Step B:
This is the same as step A except your preclear give you a notisness
instead of an isness. Example:
(1) -irresponsibility' So you ask -What is that a not on?' and he'll give
you an isness: -Reality is too hard'. So you ask -what that is a solution
to?' and he'll say the alterisness -No romance in my life', so you ask
what doesn't persist on that and he'll give you the as-isness- -I like to
be close to someone once a year as a celebration' (erasure) You work this
1,2,3 repetitive until the anxiety on irresponsibility is erased,
Step C:
Same as step B but is used when the preclear volunteers an un-not-isness.
Example: (1) -re-roofing the building'
(Solution to?) -the lousy roof' (a notisness)
(Solution to?) -rain' (an isness)
(Solution to?) -the status quo and filth' (an alterisness)
(Solution to?) -the living hell that everybody is dead, 1st awareness of
it in 1969' (as-isness)
So you would get all of the anxiety that the fellow knows he has off using
either step A, B, or C depending on his answer. When these are all done go
to step 3.
Step D:
Assess ARCU and then the entire expanded Thetan and Human Scales.
Give him the obviously heavily reading FOUR (4) indications as breaks of
what was going on and broke off and thus went out. Each of the four reads
on A, R, C, U will be different in character. You will get the same
four 413

reads on the other 2 sca1es... that is how you know what to indicate.
There is a hint I should pass along that is almost morbid 99% of your
preclears and 99% of the people out there are going to assess out to
having cycle breaks as follows:
Communication- Inhibited
Understanding- False
Affinity - Abusive
Reality - Recriminatory
with the sizes of reads in that order.
Step E:
I prefer to do this whole rundown after a full bridge and final ditch
are complete as this and the following steps accomplish alot more change
on an individual than most people have planned for the next dozen
lifetimes.
That is my preference. It will run on people right off the street , and
its quite a shock for them. Here is what you do: You ask for their most
closely held concern. Having established that, you find the open list
question attached to that item. List it to SIX (6) space-changing items to
where the List Question disappears. Then Give the Genetic entity its item,
the somatic mind its item:- the mind its item, the thetan its item, the
heart its item, and the life static its item.
This usually produces a very legitimate 2.5 Boredom with excessive
awareness.
Step F:
-How have you operated as the physical universe?' This is an L/N, then 2-
way communication on the item, and produces tone 22 (Games) end
phenomenon.
Step G:
Word clear control as start, change, stop, Then word clear it as a
substitute for communication. This should exteriorize the person off of
all scales and particularly off tone 22 of games where you left him on the
last process.
Without exception this clears anxiety off the being. He may have some in
his body, which you would get off by putting him on some form of a
cleansing diet that is rational and not extreme.
414

Spherics
People often ask why I have allowed the Hubbard fellow to do what he has
done. That is a somewhat difficult question for anyone to answer, but I
usually explain that as one grows from spiritual adolescence to maturity
it is a hard time for all concerned. A number of his once-close friends
have
complained that my criticism of his actions is not helpful. It is one of the
finest forms of help there is. Neither civilizations nor people will run
well without surgeries, laxatives, and roto-rooters. One cannot communicate
to a man in a room except by stylizing the communication to the context
of that room. Critical big daddies hear critical big daddy talk, in fact they
love the stuff. People also often ask if out of all of his writing there is
less than 1000 pages of truth, is it not wrong what he has done, to which I
reply that the world is yet to catch up with (much less recover) from the
five pages of the sermon on the mount. I also tell them the parable of
the Commander. The commander of a military outpost undersiege offered
freedom from the army to whoever had broken into the munitions dump
and taken all of the ammunition. The thief revealed himself, returned the
munitions, was given his freedom, and the routine of war continued. The
parable is appropriate in many aspects.
At this level of life it is probable that there were and are very few
people that have stolen the majority of available joy and freedom from the
majority of mankind, Any cursory inspection of history will reveal this
probability at a literal level. At a spiritual level the same phenomenon is
true. With Hubbard's operation of offering freedom, these very few people
were found, and in many instances have been returning the joy and
freedom to those from whence it was stolen. Unfortunately, most were
annihilated by the man, and he got so good at it he did that to himself.
The parable eis just as interesting with Hubbard as the thief. .ielcome to
spherics. A spheric is a parable that is true at all levels and all
viewpoints. I suspect it was George Bernard Shaw who remarked that great
writers
steal from each other and poor ones imitate each other. Hubbard stole from
all the known wisdom he could get his hands on, to the extent of
copyrighting and supposedly owning everything out there in the feast and
eatathon of Man's recent thinking. I prefer King Lear's description of the
dynamics.
There is another parable: In the Palace of the Magicians, beyond Yeats
Room, there is a little room with a little door. Inside that room it was
decided that a speck of dust called a Galaxy made too much noise with its
wars To resolve this, the two leaders, the Leader of Life and the Leader
of the Living were ordered to exchange all that they knew to each other in
peace, This was made feasible if one of the Leaders were to steal the
entire Akashic record of truth from the etheric plane and make it
accessible on the physical plane. That both Leaders were convinced unto
themselves that they had stolen truth which was actually offered and
designed as a gift provided great laughter to Umpires in that room. To
Outsiders, the agony of the illusion of theft as a self-centered shadow
remains funny.
The parable of the Burning of the Palace of the Magicians has not yet come
to pass, nor will it come to pass, so it need not be told. This planet is
a micro-cosmology of the Palace. The parable of the Balding of planet 415

earth has already begun but it is aborted in the parable, for the parable
is aborted. Everyone must lead their own lives.
I have often been asked how I can live and create as I do. I explain that
most of my failings have been on the even tones and dynamics and that I
have known less fear of people and things. I have had a great fear (terror)
of shadows, for I have observed that it is the shadow of people or things
that can/do effect one. Absences and Not-Knows are apparently the most
effective and the highest form of control that one can exercise. This being
accepted, making a move when there is a shadow in one's path
would be a paramount danger foolishness. Timing and trades would be junior
to this rule of games, for not-know is man's worst failing. A shadow in my
personal path has had to move one chess square before I could safely
publish this text. That was a 14 year wait for someone else to make a
move, and their shadow to be out of my way.
As civilizations cycle through Flat-spots and Renaissance cycles, people
are prone to do something quite silly during the flat-spot parts of the
cycle. They are prone to accept abuse from the few, large, alive, crazy,
demagogues left in exchange or being reminded by them that there is
still someone out there still very alive. The solution to the problem of
madmen continually think this world has remained singular: Continued
Renaissance. People only erect destructive, slave-master heroes to bring
them out of the delusion that another can assist them in their travail.
Then they take down the hero. At Donne's level of 'No man is an island'
it is probable that no man can help another except by helping himself and
holding an artificial yet symbolically real hand, which to both parties
becomes precious beyond words due to the scarcity of that Quality of
help.
The spherics, parabolics, and elliptics of awareness are not material that
you need to audit off of a being, They are the stuff, if one must have
stuff, of which great joy, great toying, great amusement, and very good
times
are played upon.
However, if you wish, there are significant variances that can be audited
where create overtakes destroy, where function destroys its structure, where
structure creates or destroys function, where theta starts creating MEST,
and where MEST starts creating theta.
Elliptic, ecliptic, or parabolic awarenesses from a negation on a negation
(for an apparent positive) are marvelous areas to audit for a being. The
best example I know is Reality (isness). Less pleasant examples abound in
the conditions of 95% of the human race, where living is not freely
engaged upon for its own end, nor wealth accumulated for the joy it may
provide. Instead living is conducted as a negation and escape from
death,
and wealth is accumulated as a defense against poverty. Love is sought as
a defense against hate, and people even love God to escape hating devils,
These mathematically plot as a variance between 2 significance's into
eclipses, ellipses, and parabola. Hubbards view of the electrical
construction of the mind and space as being linear and elementary
mathematical is incorrect in that it is incomplete. Life and people, much
less space do not resolve with grade school math and physics, space is not
a box, it is the surface of a sphere, Viewpoints do not just produce 416

ridges, flows and dispersal's, They vector, eddy, and produce spheres,
ellipses, parabolas and so forth.
Of course, Hubbards philosophy is reflective of his this lifetime
experiences and background, He is approaching old age, was never educated,
believed in Montana, farming, the premises of simple mathematics, and was
very much a part of an earlier generation which overly believed in heroes,
morals, and even governments, being a policeman on Alvarado Street in Los
Angeles may have cut his esteem for his fellow man.
And of course, my philosophy, which is a much less savage one, is one of
middle-aged optimism, and reflective of my this lifetime experience and
background. I am approaching freedom as a state, have spent all of my
lifetime on education, believed in nothing but nothing as intelligence,
respected and spent the labors of my former generation, rejected
simplicity in analyzing Swiss-watch people in a Swiss-watch universe, and
held that compassion, decency, and intelligence were better substances
than heroes, morals, and governments in a world I saw as absurd, and
most undeserving of rationality thereby.
The-two philosophies are of two different generations, Churchill said that
if a man was not a liberal in his twenties he was not educated, and that
if he was not a conservative in his forties, his education was wasted on
him. This is too shallow an observation of character, reeds being blown by
the wind and all. People either have dignity or they don't That is not
kind, but it is a very large truth, and one will have problems with people
if you do not recognize that some are mature and some are not, and I very
seriously doubt if that has anything to do with generations, or this
lifetime experiences.
417

Singing in the desert of A Song in the Desert
It is overly obvious that by awareness, creativity, but certainly not -
theft' nearly anyone could quite easily develop more technology and truth to
help man in a week than Hubbard did in his lifetime. People don't do
such things, for there is no market for it. I would have done so but there
has been no market for it, except for myself as a buyer, and I did that
only to the limited extent of getting myself to what I personally
considered freedom. Developing and having accessible and workable
technology I
never felt was or would be the problem. The English language itself says
all the wisdom there is, you see, (language is how wisdom is encoded
from one civilization to another). But people have claimed that was the
problem. So I wrote this book as an insult to that claim, to put that
disgusting insult to bed, that our fathers cared not for us by leaving us
all the tools to form the world and ourselves as we wished.
From Hubbard's lifetime work, no one really used it much, except to kill
what was good in him, so he got into killing others back, on that 30 year
curve from individuality to collectivism. The past ten years of his churches
have essentially been a murder contest instead of helping their fellows. The
minority of nice sheep that keep that road show going do not notice the
majority of wolves which have degenerated a once fine
religious objective into a consumptive murder efficiency contest of where
has the highest kill ratio gets the murder efficiency award. The appointed-for-
life executive director, Bill Franks, of this travesty is just an old avowed
nazi who keeps that old uniform in his closet, and tried to personally
blackmail me twice.
In either my or Hubbard's lyric, non or partial application was is, and will
be the problem. Criminals and travesties are not problems, they are
nuisances.
If one has been taken from the bliss of ignorance through the travail of
sorrows to the return of good humor, then a purpose of this text has been
achieved. Mental health through self actualization has been an unavoidable
reality since the invention of gray hair.
In auditing another it is unfortunate, but the past life engrams have to
be run off the case. They are not what is wrong with the being. For a
brief period (years) it may appear to be so. The charge above time is far
more important, and what you are after. The grades saw it up, and the past
life engrams are times when the charge above time crashed in on him and
got grouped and so it needs to be ungrouped, Genetics errs greatly in its
observations People are the results of their parents, and their parents
dreams Astral, etheric, and mentalities are what you need to correct on
people as they are higher levels of cause and operation. Your preclear may
think he is on a physical plane and that you are erasing physical charge,
so you just let him think that, because its the reason he is a preclear.
He got that DENSE and still is. So if you will ungroup these collapsed
absolutes above time (the only reason for running engrams) you will be
fixing the upper areas on him above the physical plane, and he will rise
above the illusion that life, living, and He have anything to do with each
other, much less materiality, and he will start telling you that life is a
purely spiritual affair. He is not a preclear anymore, so you close the
folder, because he is operating as a thetan.
418

In the unlikely event he starts killing you or others with his newfound
abilities, request he cease it. If he doesn't come to his senses, and
cease such foolishness, just erase his auditing, capabilities, and futures
so the rest of man is duly honored that life remains for the living.
419

Farewell
In closing, it should be noted that everyone alive has made a judgment of
what they consider truth to be by their lives. Likewise everyone here has
thus passed judgment on L. Ron Hubbard, and has Church of Scientology I
have done so openly as I am not a child of death that does things by
implication or 'non-involvement'. The purpose of this text was somewhat to
separate the wheat from the chaff regarding data, truth, Hubbard, and
others. It is an unfortunate fact that you cannot be and see at the same
time the same thing as looking requires some type (not necessarily
physical) of distance, Truth, Hubbard, Scientology, other thinkers,
Lambda, and Theta itself could only be accurately evaluated and judged by
an outside and non-vested-interest party.
Apparently no one else cared enough to dedicate either 20 years of this
life or 5000 years of other lives to fulfilling the created and expected
fondest dream of all people, roughly restated by Hubbard and others, to
then perfect that fulfillment, and to codify, record and publish that
fulfillment, all of which required Judgment.
Perhaps the prophesied Final Judgment has been completed on
schedule, for having heard more than I wanted to hear from Lambda
(about how it wanted to be better than other Lambda), all that could be
said by any thetan, and all that theta is capable of saying, I have
walked forever away from these observations duly recorded in the Akashic
Record into my own Sovereignty. The Final Judgment of the Bible is
perhaps not of people but of the Quality of the Game. Man is far, far
better than what he is doing as theta or God. There is most perhaps a new
non slave future established as an alternative for all who wish and are
able to walk out of hell on.
Is the entire matter was settled beyond and thus before its inception, this
fruitless and humorous adventure of saving ones' fellow man is aptly
returned unto the Graceful hands from which it was received, that is,
each of you, from beyond your prayers in the dearest thing to you - your
dreams.
If you wish to unsettle a settled matter or two, I recommend it to you as
your adventure. I do wish anything alive well, which is a double-edged
sword wish. I would suspect that evil will run its course to finally
killing
itself , after it has killed most of the people we know. Ironically if any
one person prevails, this was all -worthwhile'. That is how much each person
secretly loves others.
And in accordance with the reality of an Adept (a reader of the Akashic
Record) I remain appreciative of this opportunity of privedged service.
420

A Closing Note
This book was dictated in seven evenings of four hour lectures, as a minor
personal example of what the word create and ability really men.
Inspiration and affairs of the art surpass all the men and minds that
there ever were or will be, without a doubt the book could be better
written, and I acknowledge the readers patience in wading through my
writings,
St. John was most correct in his observation that all the world itself
could not contain the books that should be written, I only wrote the book
so that life could get on with the living, not that sheep would have
fodder, or wolves steal more money. All of these ideas in this book are
very evident to me in my perception of any twinkling of any eye, and seeing
them
remains eternally pleasurable. Life is the finest gift I know, life and
living remain as 2 separate things.
Although this is mostly how I live, having done all this, it is not how the
rest of the world lives. They are suffering and dying out there in many kinds
of hospitals. They need not suffer. All suffering is unnecessary. The Devil
only invented it to get complacent, illogical, unconscious beings
back to Godhood, by forcing them to wake up through enough
unpleasantness. God was for letting them stay complacent and
unconscious. To identify either as a Friend or Foe is the Greatest folly
of Fools. The Devil purports to have had little choice but to try and help
each of us out of complacency, I do not care for this type of
''education'' or ''help'', and I have met a lot of people who don't care
for it. However cruel it is, modern ''existence'' as we know it is only
here for each of us to master by surpassing it with greater love indeed.
One should reach the state of having faith in Life, not living, in man
individually, not collectively, in learning ones' own lessons, not Gods'
or those of the physical universe; in finding ones own truths, not the
truths of games or systems; in prevailing over life and self, and not over
the physical universe. When you have done these things the journey has
ended. You are past the top of the Pre-Have Scale. Not having oneself is
where a11 this went wrong. One fell away from having self and
substituted. People have been having all of the above mentioned material
in this book instead of themselves and each other. Involvement with
Theta-MEST flows, God-Devil flows, Good-Evil flows, Group-Individual
flows and/or restricting ones creations to the agreed upon mechanics of
existence is contamination, and a severe denial of self, sovereignty and
tragic. This is the spiral of substitution that each person fell through
quickly. So they rise out quickly, trading in rules for being alive.
Becoming doesn't cut it. Being often may. Doing at as-isness does.
Enough doing at as-isness erases the pre-hav scale. Life has little to
no relationship to living. Improving life is the truth business.
Improving
living as a target is a specious activity. Relating life to living was
the fundamental logical error.
After farewells, there is the adjustment and stabilization process of
life and living with the fallout of ones and others actions. The distinct
and
final separation of the Life Static (individual), theta (all life
collectively), lambda (the organism), and living (what the 3 aforementioned
experience
and create) produces a lot of fallout, fixing the 4 areas is like mixing
practices, as each of the 4 run surprisingly well independently by their
own rules. Instinct is more acceptable than rationality. The mind
appears 421

more pronounced as a hiding place from reality. How people feel about
their processing, this technology, or what is important to them is
whatever engram that might remain. The class of people who quote
reality only when it serves their purpose, and quote idealism when
reality does not serve their purpose fall below ones capacity for pity
(Hubbard, Karl Marx, etc.). Placing any good ideas in a bad atmosphere
where they
will not fly well is not worth that effort. This unfortunate fact
becomes glaring, that the people who create the rules and games for
others rarely have the guts to live themselves. The useful function that
Scientology churches fulfill becomes obvious, of plugging holes in minds
where the
cold draft of reality is blowing in on people that want minds for
insulation from reality. It is clear that such people want those holes
filled, and they use the mind as a delusion to serve as a hiding place, so
that they will never have to go into or out of session. They want the holes
patched with euphoria, happiness and delusion. World media suggests that
people have little to no future. Scientology churches go further in not
allowing you a present; instead you must have a past partially and only the
mind of another, its 'Leader'.
Thus the Scientology churches being a negation of a negation (reality) do
not make a positive. Further, by addressing the mind instead of the
owner of the mind, and thusly auditing the being at effect instead of
cause, they violate the admin scale. Still further, by operating upon
what makes money they are addressing reality at a level below that of a
rock or a chair. The function of the churches in attracting and
containing lunacy is overly obvious and somewhat acceptable in that it
keeps those people out of the mainstream hell.
Personally one wonders if addressing those ''10 minutes'' when one was
told ''all that could be said'' while looking down a bad microscope is
worth running on life static's that are still doing that (impinged in the
physical universe). One wonders why anyone would continue at flows
which obviate co-operation and encourage push pull instead. One
wonders if ''from where would living in a physical universe look good?''
would get anyone to admit the pit from which they are talking from. One
does not want to know ''from where could being apart of the Scientology
churches look upscale?'' because of the horror of the answer, but one
does anyway.
One realizes whatever is feared most is thus created to come to pass.
Hubbards greatest fear was that he would be besieged with would-be
preclears, who were never in nor out of session. It came to pass until
he became one himself. One realizes that agreement is an unsatisfactory
substitute for humor.
God, the Devil, Lambda, and the Life Static all like the separation and
their respective walking papers and do not effect the Life static that
walked out. Theta does object to having lost a member and due to its
vested interests attacks the individual in a mild way, The mice do not
get the dinner all life together as theta (not God) 's strongest attack
on any sovereign life static is a mild irritation, on a distant extremity
of the individual known as his living.
Living and death (as the same creation on a mobius strip under theta's
design) are physically and astrally distinct, essentially the same and on
the mentalities level are only the absolute of 'living-no living'. There is
no 422

death as an absolute, there is only no living.' Thus theta is discontent at
one of its members disclosing that its threat, power, and game is a fraud,
which is not worth a moment's notice of any sovereign life static.
Out of the 15th dynamic of co-existence one might wish to resolve such
discontent of all theta to get it to align with an evidentially supreme urge
of the 16th dynamic, an individual life static that is not being. However, in
the interim it appears far more comfortable to follow the advice of the late
Jim Morrison that ''when the music's over, turn out the lights.'' Cowering
before the fraudulent bad dream of all life collectively instead of rising
above it and calling its card (that it is only the shadow it is) is the very
least anyone that cared to any minor degree for another caught in
the filth of what never should have happened could do for them.
Cowering before the bad dream and fraud of all life collectively and
hoping that it will favor you with less net suffering over any
respectable length of time is an unrealistic expectation.
The fallout of one's walkout from this bad dream is essentially and
mentally these absolute matters, and I have no doubt that any adept
reader of the Akashic Record will find them to be so and so recorded.
The Uni-Verse (one song) of ''forward' became a bad dream because of
Theta (an unnecessary and unworkable collective of multiplicity's in
collective micro-macro-cosms and very few inhabitants) and because it
was never looked at in the atmos (Atman/Asisness)- sphere (space) it was
mistakenly conceived in. Shedding this is all the freedom there is or
will or needs be or not.
423

In Perspective
Identification is the lowest level of insanity. To identify Hubbard, his
published data, and his church is insane. He is somewhat stuck in overts
and withholds on that scale, in that he only understands dones. He has
very low reality on help, so he cannot give or receive any. About 20
years ago he did see help as being senior to doing anything. I suspect
his idea was to increase the population of the universe by one, which is
a dream come true, which he presently does not care for. I chose to do
the same thing and have done so dozens of times. Theta occurs at
communication.
Theta is communication, reality, and affinity. That is all theta is. It doesn't
work well. It will never hold a candle to any independent being. It is
overly obvious that his church is simply a criminal organization. The
worthwhile Scientology data is completely summarized, clarified, and
corrected in this book.
Help is help. Doing things is doing things. They are mutually exclusive in
many instances. Activity and accomplishment are mutually exclusive in many
instances.
That total freedom is attainable in or through Scientology processing, or
through the form or type of processing described in this book, is an
overstatement. It is a false big fat claim. The truth of the matter is
that personally significant and apparently ( objective ) minor improvement
of the individual occurs, with the facts of life remaining extant. A
person becomes anywhere from twice to a million times more capable, thus
he is brought to a state of .00096 to 2% capable cause, 98% of life as we
know it remains for amusement or whatever.
Whether anyone else creates out of free will this transition in oneself is
not a decision between 2 pre-determined alternatives. It is a creation.
some creations are successful, some are not. It is a risk investment
thereby, which in 96% of the cases is economically viable.
There have been over the last 3 decades hundreds of thousands of people
who were trained as auditors, with less than a few dozen at most actually
continuing with that skill. The balance I suppose had better things to do,
or surrendered to the swamp of human flows.
Suffering is a level of life for those who proscribe and subscribe to it.
None of the suffering of anyone has fulfilled any useful purpose. Staying
above that level of transactions is crucial if one cares about one's own
or any life at all.
424

In Passing
In case you did not notice, in and by this book the questions raised by
people most often of: What is truth? Does Scientology work? Is it
accurate? Out of all that writing, what is worthwhile? - have all been
answered.
Further, the unkind questions of: How come you never make mistakes?
How come you always apply the correct technology? How come you and
Hubbard get along? How come the churches are openly hostile to you? How
come the churches attack and expel the very people which could clean
them up? How come men feel secretly doomed from the start? have also
been answered.
Finally, the questions which really mattered (were relevant, and which
if unanswered meant alot of doom) were answered: Is the reactive mind
the enemy of man or the analytical mind the enemy of man? Is God or
Theta of any long term help? Is Theta good, desirable or nuts? Is living
a function of Life? Is there any progress in working with conditions
below asisnesss? Can asisness occur in or from a viewpoint? Can anything
erase on a physical universe track or plane? Does 'know about' serve any
useful positive function? Is it worthwhile to become dense enough to
create physical events for oneself and others and to what extent should
that
impingement be made before the point of no-return occurs? Is
disintermediation implicit in counseling? What exponential factors cause
or restrict escape velocity from the vectors of other life against self-
actual sovereignty? Is the service of want Vs. need mutually exclusive? To
what extent is entrapment a quotient of contamination? Is theta endowment
an adjustable commodity? Can fate, destiny and astrology be violated? Is
living poker, checkers, bridge, or chess? Is the population of the
universe 1,8,16,32,118,140, or 178 awarenesses? Are structural addresses
of functional problems successful? Can the human mind understand and
unravel the human mind? Are we only imprisoned by our
own inability's? Are inability's where the great lessons are? Are we doing
nothing but talking to ourselves? Is this planet owned and controlled by
aware, sane, operating spirits? Is it presently being invaded by micro
spirits to ''clear the planet''? Will its present inhabitants be converted
to dust? Will new inhabitants come if it is not ''cleared''? Does any single
person have the right to do anything they want regarding all of the
aforesaid? Is any type, form, or style of death any workable solution or
does it all have to be confronted? and Does that all that has to be
confronted require more than a tenth of a second?
These questions were answered because they are the customary tough
ones to sort out.
Thus the study of the Spirit and the Mind are satisfactorily concluded.
The study of sciences and the human body has been started and I
sincerely hope that it will not take 3 years to figure out, nor 14 years to
detail. And when that is completed I will perhaps publish that in passing.
425

Formulas
If you would eliminate the speed of light constant from Einstein's famous
formula and simply put velocity in you would find that:
Energy = Mass x Velocity
Mass = Energy
Velocity
Velocity = Energy
Mass
This is very crucial information in getting an as-isness, or erasure of an
engram, Its a lot of work trying to get some mass to erase by recreating it.
In duplication or recreation of these three factors, asisness is rapid and
effortless,
Where are mathematical formulas for the prediction of behavior of
Hubbard, humans, and societies, It would serve no useful purpose, to
include them in this text, They are the software that individuals and
societies run on. A fundamental understanding of computers, physics,
and math is most essential in understanding the automation of one's
fellow man and this society.
426

Epilogue
What we have covered in this book as truth has been limited to the
subject of someone coming in off the street and growing up to attaining
the state of a "Third degree Master": aware of and operating in 3
universes (their own, others universes, and the physical universe). The
old degrees of mastership corresponded to the number of universes a
person was naturally aware of and living in.
Long ago, when it was safe to talk about degrees of spiritual states,
there were levels of accomplishment. These were known as the 12 levels of
accomplishment. Getting the Scientology Bridge done right usually produces
a 3rd or 4th level of Mastery over oneself. In addition, the person
usually gains control (the ability to start, change, and stop) over and of
these three factors: affinity, reality, and communication. Thus they
become senior to understanding. If a person was to evolve further to where
they could produce the same results in others, they would be operating in
the 4th through 7th degrees. At the 7th level one can aid another very
well. Often what must be done to move from the 4th to the 7th is the
person must rise senior to experience, which is made up of the
3 parts of the experience triangle: Be, Do, and Have. Be is the 4th
level,
do the 5th, and have the 6th. Experience itself is the seventh level and
universe, that one comes to cause on. The 8th level and universe is
knowingness, the 9th control, the 10th responsibility, the 11th creation,
and the 12th is truth. There is some degree of universe attached to each
of these levels that a person becomes cause over, and to some degree each
of these levels and universes inter-lock to each other.
Anything that is alive has some degree of self-interest going. Where
there is the extremity of intelligence and spiritual mastery versus
ignorance and foolishness it should be noted that not only is their self
interest by
the bright in keeping the dumb that way, but also their is self interest
in keeping the bright that way, by the dumb. Each sequesters the other for
their own benefit. Society is made more of one sequestering one's
neighbors and "companions" than anyone would dare to write about.
America's foreign policy, and most religions do more of it than anyone
would dare to write about. I suggest you become aware of it. I don't
recommend that you form a group, march in the streets, or form a
religion to do an "un" or an "nix un" on this natural and hard fact-of-life.
It is the fact of life ordering itself in a subtle and surreptitious manner of
warfare, which is knowingly embraced by the senior beings ruling the
junior ones.
99.999% of the people that get correct auditing are quite delighted with
a completion at the level of truth attained from the Scientology bridges as
defined herein. One person in 10,000 wants to continue on to a higher
state, because to do so requires alot of work and unlearning, and one is
also so far ahead of one's fellows that just winning for a while entices
9,999 of the people away from the work and back into life as we know it,
which does have some joys and riches. life as we know it is not entirely a
Disneyland of dummies and dollars, for there is art, travel, children,
romance, music, literature, family, ambitions, and so forth. I have heard
that you have to create all those yourself in the Disneyland; I would not
know too well, for I work instead, for I am 1 in 10,000 that is unenticable.
427

I believe I had mentioned that truth existed at all levels of the tone
scale, in all three universes (self, another, the physical), on each
dynamic, which I multiply as follows:
Number of Tone Scale Positions (See Appendix) 95.
Number of Universes(instead of 3, sets use
                                 the 12 of the Masters) x 12.
Number of Dynamics x 16.
_________
Total number of viewpoints and opinions 18,240.
of truth.
So, if a person were to continue up, they would be undoing alot of
considerations. Having come through this tremendous quantity of them,
one would then come through a tremendous quantity of postulates, and
rise senior to them also.
It is very rare that someone wants this task, for at the end of a
correct bridge, they are operational spiritually, exterior to the body,
can look around corners, consciously pick the next body they are going
to take, and occupy their neighbors if they want, thus most are content
with this level of ability. Thus, to discuss the technology of going
further is appropriate only to the 1 in 10,000 that would have interest
in doing so, and for the rest of you, I suppose it is "curious reading".
For the 1 in 10,000 I will briefly summarize what would be done on their
journey to the highest state attainable for them.
Initially, such a person would have to accomplish a higher state of
expertise than is explained in this book thus far, and recognize that
the "Scientology research line" dramatization contained generations of
technology, and generations of individuals, who were highly skilled in
that one aspect of it. You would need the senior expertise, and the wide
range of at least 6 different technologies and skills to be able to
choose the best tool and method of sawing apart what you encountered.
Such synthesis for the purpose of analysis to be followed by precision in
a new idea. To immediately increase your skill, and acquaint you with at
least
the names of the generations, let us review them.
When all that was known was the Axioms, Fundamental communication
skills, and a dash about engram running, you had these sages, wisemen,
as auditors from 1950-1961. This was the first generation of people and
technology, and the ones that were good at it were essentially magicians.
One would do an entire session without a meter, and then it would be
checked with a meter, and if you left anything unhandled, it was
unacceptable. If you didn't get the PC to tell you his missed withhold,
you told the PC what it was. Auditing was telepathic. If you got in a jam,
you just fixed it magically, and that was a skill level in itself. This
was an obtainable-skills-level of technology that relied on direct simple
address, tremendous persistence, and a fine level of differentiation and
perception. A thorough study and drilling of Hubbard's 1950-61 material,
including tapes, will usually produce that particular style of activity and
solution. It contained very simple data, such as, "what turns it on, turns
it off". It contains very few processes, and thus very deep long (hours) run
428

on each. For example, if you would have a person run "Spot a something"
and "Spot a nothing " alternately for 50 or more hours, they will
finally flip to an opposite perspective of what they, or the man on the
street, had. They will declare that MEST, and tables are really nothing,
and that non-MEST things like truth are really something. Their reality
on substance will flip from a low to a high wavelength, and spiritual
things will be more evident than material things, so seeing through a
wall will make more sense than seeing one. This is 50 hours non-stop,
except for
a few naps on breaks, and it works out quite well. This is basically a deep
line, fundamental, and magical approach. Eating, showering, or whatever
should not hold up the processing run. A good understanding of this material
and enough deep processing, and those abilities are there for
just about anyone. The auditors are no longer there, and thus this line
of activity, 1st Generation, died.
In summary, the 1st generation was made up of philosophers (only the good
ones were magicians) and the technology was philosophy itself. That is
how direct and personal it was. I was the preclear in the 50-hour example
I just mentioned, and I offered the auditor all my earthly possessions,
which were nothing to me, and was not surprised when he refused these
nothings, and said the something "that now you know" was payment enough.
It smelled like a legacy, and was, for the Guardian's Office of The
Church of Scientology achieved its heart's desire in his sudden and
mysterious death later that year. The same office writes me often
insulting his name and memory in an attempt to open up communications, so
that they may have the same pleasure with my flesh,
but I am wiser than the magician with no nose and 22 years of devotion
to Hubbards Church. I relay this story so that you will understand
without a doubt why there are none of these auditors. The administrative
Arm of that Church killed them all, and whether I am speaking
figuratively or
literally in the use of that verb, I leave at your doorstep, as I have
better things to do than spend my life in courts over alleged murders.
The Second Generation of Scientologists (1961-1964) were the scientists.
Not only did they have more data, they were given an E-Meter as a
substitute for telepathy, and an immense science of understanding. This
included the structure and construction of the bank, that pictures come
from goals-problems-masses, that goals are an escape, and much
information on ARC, CDEINR, Service Facsimiles, Problems, and Overts,
with technologies of prepchecks, auditing by list, clay table clearing and
so forth. The second generation of scientists understood what to audit as
well as the first generation understood how to audit. Unfortunately,
neither knew both.
The third generation (1965-1969) were technicians. They understood -
that there were loads and loads of processes that they could run in
handling aberration by a "one subject at a time" approach. By using alot
of processes, they could get into and out of something very quickly, and
could make an E-meter and preclear sing and dance in doing so. I hope
you will notice the line of degradation here from the philosophic
magician to the lazy analytical to the fast, flashy, superficial showman.
The
third generation did not need to know how to audit or what to audit, for
they knew which processes would cause what predetermined effect, so
that: they could take anything they, not the PC, wanted off the case. It
was dull, predictable work for all concerned, including the preclears who
did 429

not care for being ignored as their mind was push buttoned off with
keyouts.
Although each of these was a degradation of a central theme, it was leading
toward more specialization and sophistication. The technicians could
address things beyond the mind, such as the locking together of conflicting
life forces. They went beyond the arena of the reactive mind into the area
of prying apart deathly situations (a suppressive person locking onto a non-
suppressive person so that the two live in a secret hell). The technician
learned how to pry apart more things than his
former generations of scientists and philosophers, but he was taught how
to do it quickly instead of thoroughly.
The fourth generation (1968-1971) could best be described as technical
nursemaids. By now the entire idea of auditing had, vanished completely,
and had been forgotten by everyone concerned. It was gone from earth.
So, the idea of showing off more, and making people content in their
misery was expanded. The idea of erasing the misery no longer existed.
You erased how he felt about making $10,000 a year, you did not erase
him being a $10,000-a-year man, for "then he might not have any money".
That is how much auditing was forgotten, for no one realized that
underneath a $10,000-a-year dramatization there is at least a $30,000-a
year thetan at the worst. This showing off and making people feel good,
instead of changing them was called "The Class 8 course", upon which
people were taught to key out everything imaginable, and to do it very
quickly. It employed a high affinity, overly fast comm cycle, validation
of the being- a triad of treacherous additives that made one feel falsely
wonderful, which lasted until the PC realized he had been cheated out of
being able to answer any of those questions completely. The technology was
not helpful to anyone but highly-damaged cases and people: the
bottom of the rung of humanity: highly emotional, or psychotic, or
neurotic, or very mixed up individuals. They could be made temporarily
normal through this type of work. It, technical nursemaid, is useful only
on that type of manifestation, which on occasion appears on normal people,
but it is rare, so its usage is rare if you are applying technology
appropriate to the manifestation.
Technical Nursemaid could only assist the most nutty of people, or
normal people in their few-in-a-lifetime nuttiest moments, and it could
only bring a nut up to being normal. It was just to show off, and
nothing more, and was the ultimate travesty of truth, because one could
accomplish millions of times as much good for man working with a
normal person on the way to godhood as you could in the same amount of
time bringing a nut to normal. Bringing battered-up victims up to
clerkdom, with the science Deity was desperate as was the Class 8 era,
and over half of the people involved in it either died or went nuts, for
which I am sure all thinking men shed few tears,
The fifth generation (1971-1975) were applications specialists. This was
a re-release and blend of the previous 4 technologies. He was
inadequately trained in each of the 4, but the idea of actually assisting
the preclear resurfaced in an odd fashion in the blend. These were trained
in the rudiments of how to audit, what to audit, the use of the right
process, and they could do a reasonably good job of putting a smile on a
victims face. Wordclearing and education came in vogue. Thus, this was more
successful than any previous technology, for it was the first blend. They
430

knew 30% of what was needed out of the previous 4, and that was
dynamite. Gains were made on PCs that held. Expanded Dianetics, the
electric drill of technologies was added, and business went up ten
times. The omission of 70% of the relevant data from the previous four
technologies eventually caused so much confusion that these people,
swamped with confusion and work, left mostly from exhaustion and
secondarily from confusion, and thirdly, from despair, that they did not
know enough, and it did not work enough. Those that lived survive as
housewives, bartenders, and executives. It was a very fast and hot
renaissance, Some public actually got a little help, a few got a lot,
income went beyond 8 digits and was pushing 9 digits, and the man in charge
of
one of the top churches said: "Geoff, it is all going so well, we are
getting so much done, that it is almost like the real thing, you see in a
few sessions occasionally auditing is accidentally happening unbeknownst to
the uneducated PC and uneducated auditor, its happening at least once a
week, over 4% of the time..." That balloon collapsed because Hubbard
canceled (forbid) it. End of Fifth Generation by Royal Decree.
The sixth generation (1976 to ?), the Final generation, is on of
technical expediters. They are essentially expediters. People are taught
only the auditing skill necessary for them to do a session, and make that
session happen, regardless of what the preclear wanted. No longer did the
preclear have any rights. It is basically calling piles of lists on a
preclear's bank, and keying that bank off the preclear very quickly.
Each of these six technologies has not only their time and place, but their use
and application. A truly competent auditor, going beyond what I have outlined
in this book, could and would employ mastery of each as the
situation called for it. If the situation smelled like it called for one
of these 6, you would use that. Thus you would be not only impervious to
failure, you could audit at unheard of speed and efficiency. Such would be
necessary if you are going to do the Epilogue Processes and go beyond
Scientology. To develop those skills, you isolate each of the 6, study the
6, drill each of them, and then audit with each, until you are a master at
each. You would know it is a done deal when:
1st generation-you can float anyone's Tone Arm and key them out to feeling
wonderful by a comm cycle, can use one process and disintegrate the entire
reactive mind, and can read the PCs thoughts word for word. 2nd generation-
you can ignore being in comm with the PC and bring him
to clear and OT by not even listening but exactly plotting out and
asking questions about his mind and its structure. 3rd generation-you
can repair or key out anything, and select exactly the right process to
produce the
largest keyout available. 4th generation-you can keyout any and all types
of overwhelm, and restore a natural smile to whatever breathes. 5th
generation-you can combine all you know of the above for the benefit of the
preclear, and let him run with; it, to where he gets what he wants. 6th
generation-you can correct anything on any PC with lists L/N, R3R,
Processes, without ever having any rudiments or communication on
either side of the table.
You do not have to overly study Hubbard on these. It is skill. There is
not one ounce of sarcasm or bitterness in what I am saying here. These are
facts and they are facts that effect whether people live or die. There are
situations which require magic, situations that require science,
situations that require technicians, situations that require nursemaid
technicians, 431

situations that require technical specialists, and situations where bank
is rampant and it should be expeditiously keyed out of the room. Rare as
they may be, situations do come up which require one, and one only of
those 6, and if you do not "cross apply" the right one to it, you are in for
a heck of a time, for you have just wasted time and yourself, by inefficient
handling. In solo auditing this is critical as the shifts will be made per
commcycle. If you are having to do alot of this shifting, that means you have
a lot of situations, thus are dealing with the wrong kind of people.
Situations are things that come up and prevent or obstruct auditing and life.
Being good at these 6 is not the normal order of the day as what your styles
of auditing and technology are. Being good at these 6 is what you
use on TR-4 in or out of session, so that you can work as outlined in
this text. You should hold a standard, but you should be a master of
these 6 other swords to handle any of the six types of dragons that want
to interfere with your work, I could not stress enough that when somebody
really needs something, give it to them, whether that be "someone to talk
to", confusion-science, help-technology, stability-nursing, personal
freedom-applications- orientation-expedition. If they need someone there
to talk to, give them that and that only . When you start giving beyond
what is asked for, or something other than is asked for, you are no longer
civilized, and are a predatory barbarian in instructing another to do what
they do not wish to do, and truth goes bye-bye, at that point. I have had
to clean this up on 110 out of 110 preclears that I have audited. Do not
fall prey to this worst, though not terribly obvious, error, in or out of
session. What I have just detailed determines whether solo auditing is fun
or a lot
of work. It should be the former. If it is the latter, you are not doing
what the preclear wants done.
After this step of competence is achieved, the next thing a person would
do is to take a fresh look at ARC. This 1 in 10,000 type of fellow
should note that they are not in that order. He should work the order
out, and I
bet he finds it to be CRA. If one drops reality, they get affinity instead.
If one increases reality, it drops affinity. This may not be obvious to the
reader but it would be to the 1 in 10,000 fellow. He'll be laughing about "no
wonder the girl I loved more than my Own life was the one I
disagreed with totally about everything, it isn't that opposites attract, it
is that affinity and reality are mutually exclusive!" and he won't be
overwhelmingly in love with what he violently disagrees with anymore,
and he will be free from the love-hate dichotomy on that alone, for
eternity. The 9,999 wouldn't before they want some more "rounds' of the
glue and gun.
There are some more points this fellow should examine:
At the moment of pain and unconsciousness, computations and associations
are held in the unknown range. In fact, the whole package is filed in
the unknown range of the know to mystery scale, which is pretty high up
on that scale. Thus Hubbard's idea that these are below awareness he
must have been stealing from Freud and the idea of a "subconscious".
There is such a thing, but the PC knows what is below him, and so he
will fight the stuff. The unknown engrams above the PC
are above the PC and they run the PC like a clock, for the PC is not that
high on the scale. This stuff is really worth going after. Above that, in
this range of aberration above, not below, the pc's awareness, some images
float above time.
432

Most cultures go through these evolutionary cycles of philosophy
producing science producing technology producing technology
applications producing specialization producing expediters. America is in
between the specialization and expediters stage. When the expediters
fail, philosophy reappears.
One of the reasons 97% of the people in this country do not want change
is that they have had more change in the last 100 years than in the last
5,000. The majority of the population has yet to catch up with what has
already happened. The brakes have been placed on runaway technical
change since the late 1930s, and it is still outpacing people's ability
to absorb it.
The anatomy of reality not only contains the idea of solidity, but to
some degree, the idea of no terminal being there. When a person is below
2.0 on the tone scale, there are not terminals that are real, thus no
smiles. Terminals don't become real until above 2.0. Affinity itself goes
into perception, and the more a person perceives, the more the affinity
is going to go up.
Not only does society face a lack of knowledge and emotion, but it faces a
lack of men. The fact that so many people are below apathy is the reason
they don't have memories anymore. Below apathy there is no memory
that is worth a damn. Affinity itself is livingness.
If one crosses a first dynamic against a sixth dynamic, self versus the
physical universe, one will get a reaction on the third dynamic. Thus one
sees why an organized religion like Scientology exists at all. Aberration
is usually confined to the third dynamic, as it is the group of the body,
mind, spirit, and company, not the separate aspects, that is nuts, so one
might view another as a third dynamic with much wisdom.
The major locks are those that omit the reality of affinity.
Unconsciousness is simply reality dropping out. There are facsimiles that
have no mass. There are incidents that have no facsimiles. It is a nice
idea
to inform the public that the only thing that is wrong with them is
engrams. That is quite true if you are restricted by the public reality
level. It is not at this level. What determines whether you win or lose in
handling other people is not engrams. It is most probably these five
things: (1) present time problems in the physical universe, (2) overts and
withholds in the physical universe (not one's head), (3) the dramatization
of implants in the physical universe, (4) the dramatizations of Goals
Problem-Masses, and (5) the dramatization of actual GPMs going on in
the physical universe.
The next thing this 1 in 10,000 fellow would be looking at is access to
truth. This entire book is written from an 11th degree master point of
view, that of a messenger. I kind of stumbled around the Akashic Record
looking for data. Access to the Akashic record is not restricted to 11th
or 12th degree masters. Anyone alive can find it and look at it.
Understanding these things, the fellow would begin his processing.
He could run off what reads as "the track maker", the "cycle of
civilizations" implants, the earliest time they adopted logic, the
earliest time they adopted moods, the times they shut themselves down in a
433

fortuitous stand against time, the times they decided to integrate to yet
survive at all, times of keeping it all to oneself, times of dreaming
away the pain, times of innocence as in pleasures, times of endless
searches, and times of "the normality's".
Next he would identify the exponential factors that he is cause and
effect on, personally and clean this up to his satisfaction, in this
arena.
The dotted line is his own-truth way out of this, after he has understood
what is to be gotten out of.
Next, he could run out the idea the bodies are helpful to thetans. Then
address the entire Grade chart as a GPM, and check for a bank on that (on
a meter, please!) and if so, erase it.
There is one big, long action which comprises the balance of the
"Epilogue Processes", and I personally call it the "Prepcheck of the
Physical Universe". When that is done, the level and the 1 in 10,000
fellow is done. Not only will it blow any mind, it will blow any game
standing. It is the final door frame between and individual and
eternality as Deity. Let us take it up.
First let us re-clear a "Quartet". It is an item, nix item, un item and nix
un item. Now let us clear "9-Flows" in the proper order:
1. Self to self.
2. Self to another.
3. another to self.
4. Another to himself.
5. Another to Another.
6. Another to Others.
7. Others to itself.
8. Others to another.
9. Others to others.
Next, let us clear up the 5 triangles of life, with each one enclosing
another:
434

So, to run an item you put it in a quartet, and run that 1st part of the
quartet through 9 flows of commands on one of the 15 corners of triangle
(affinity is first), and then run the second part of the quartet through 9
flows on that corner of the triangle, the third part of the quartet
likewise, and then the fourth. Thus you are 1/15th done. you then take the
second corner of the triangle and proceed, likewise, doing each corner of
the triangle, on the whole quartet.
I have numbered the corners of the triangles in the order you run them,
and I have listed the sequence that you run the quartet, and I have
listed the sequence of the 9-flows. The way you run this is to always
complete a quartet on each corner of the triangle before going to the
next corner of the triangle.
9 x 4 x 15 only works out to 540 Auditing questions. After all of that is
done, put a NOT before the item and run those 540 questions. Thus an
item is done in 1,080 questions.
The first 6 things you are going to clean off yourself are:
1. Objections
2. Intentions
3. Shoulds
4. Pretenses
5. Expectations
6. Nothings
435

You will be handling not-objections, not-inventions, shouldn'ts, not
pretenses, not-expectations, not-nothings, as you go.
I used an auditing question of -Is there anything on?' in running these.
My first question was: -Is there anything on self to self on absolute
affinity?'
The rest on the questions work out similarly. I did these in 1970. 6 x
1080 = 6,480 processes. It kind of takes one from the third grade of
wisdom to high school. They run real well. There is about a division of
charge on each question. This alone moves one to the 8th level of
mastery, and it takes less than a 1,000 hours, solo. It runs laboriously
slow at the start, then speeds up to where you can run 9 flows
simultaneously, and towards the end you are doing all 4 parts of the
quartet simultaneously. Towards the end you can deliver and answer 36
auditing commands at the same time with ease. It took me 989 hours.
Without question you become exterior to understanding, experience,
mechanical conditions of existence, your own creations, others
creations, and many other things.
These 1,080 questions let us label as RUNNING AT ITEM. That is what is
meant when you see that in all capitals.
Now that our mythical 1-in-10,000 fellow has made it to high school in
wisdom and is an 8th degree master, let us take up what will move him to
a doctorate and 12th degree. When you see what it is, you Will see why
there are 80 few, as it is a voluminous amount of work.
One does a gigantic prepcheck. Instead of 9 buttons that are normally
used on prepchecks, there are 75. You use the standard prepcheck patter.
There are 150 subjects that are prepchecked. The order you
address this is you take the first subject, and the first button, and you
restrict the command with RUNNING AN ITEM, so you have 1080
questions to run to get that first button clean on the first subject.
Then you run the second button with RUNNING AN ITEM, 1080 questions,
then the third, and on and on until all 75 buttons are done. The first
subject is done, and that is 75 buttons later at 1080 questions each. The
subject is completed after these 81,000 questions are run.
81,000 questions on each of the 150 subject areas yields a total run of
12,150,000 questions. Then you have a 12th degree forever. One does all
this to rise senior to the mechanics of this and the next universe up
which act as a pair in entrapment, and further to release one from all
the mechanics there are in any and all universes to where you are just
you as Life and that is home and home enough, and anything less than
infinitely
creative static sucks. You see, this is what is going one with people,
these 75 buttons and 150 subjects are on automatic on anyone. People are
constantly rotating an activation of these as a machine, and it keeps the
reality and wavelength of this illusion going. In some instances the not of
the button will need to be run, but that is extremely rare. The PC would
know, for by this stage you need no E-meter, as it is too slow, and an -
apparent' measure anyway. After each button is done just look to see if you
have a not file on it.
The buttons are:
436

now, like, should, needs, supposed to, want, ignore, feel, safe, real, can,
fair, withdrawn from, wait, combat, regret, mistake, blame, reveal, waste,
trust, disgusted with, sought, funny, advise, accuse, death, careful of,
dangerous, demand, punish, prevent, beautiful, ugly, imaginary, must, fail,
serious, right, wrong, withhold, accept, agree, normal, obey, inhibit,
suppress, hide, change, order, disagree, invalidate, enforce, destroy,
false, invalidate, decide, admire, copy, assert, prone, important,
incomplete, interesting, pretend, expect, willing, real, true, reach, care
for, be, unknown, create, and know.
So those are the buttons, which possible may have nots on them. These
are the 150 subjects, in order:
unconsciousness, finance, consciousness, change, time, responsibility,
emotion, stopping, force, starting, attitudes, affinities, agreements,
communications, bodies, food, power, justifications, pasts, presents,
futures, beingness, havingness, doingness, decisions, mysteries,
perceptions, automaticities, goals, knowingness, pretenses, controls,
helps, help-self, reason, art, justice, composites, hiding, needing
bodies, approval from bodies, owning bodies, protecting bodies,
controlling bodies, feeling bodies, responsibility as blame, punishing
other bodies, being other bodies, being a body, death as a body, apathy,
making
amends, grief, propitiation, sympathy, fear, covert hostility, anger,
pain, work, antagonism, boredom, conservatism, enthusiasm, desire,
exhilaration, pan-determinism, feeling, life, exteriorization, feeling
others, serenity, self, motion, other beings, games, control, abilities,
certainty, confront, freedom, theta, motionlessness, pleasing beings,
displeasing beings, god, perceptions, know, blackness, automaticity
(singly, not plural), light, opinion, randomity, postulate, duplicate,
overt, motivator, habit, considerations, admiration, words, education,
thought, result, effort, symbols, eating, matter, sex, energy, mysteries,
space, location, time, form, starts, reason, intelligence, change,
stupidity, repair, stop, have, friend, be, opponent, do, play, copy, my
universe, others universe, our universes, reality, affinity, lose, win,
exchange, universe destruction, differentiation, forget, remember, create,
aesthetics, ethics, decency, truth, awareness, individuality, coexistence,
vanishments.
So those are the 150 subjects. This stuff is recorded on anything alive, in
fact it is extractable off of a leaf. It is that much a part of the game of
shifting dimension points of and for significance's.
What appears to be a monumental auditing task of 12 million auditing
questions is not. The speed picks up so dramatically that it is not an
overwhelming adventure. It takes about two years at 3 hours a night. At
the end of the run one is handling -RUNNING AN ITEM', all 1080
commands all at once. What you are doing in running this is increasing
the span of attention of the individual. When you can handle over a
1000 commands, answers, and viewpoints simultaneously as cycles of
action well, you are pretty trap proof. At the exact end of the run,
the fellow discovers he can handle all 75 buttons simultaneously, and
can control over 81,000 things at once. He is complete then, and is
free, for he has exceeded the necessary escape velocity of any and all
mechanics and universes. Knowingly handling 81,000 things (or more) is
a high capability level, and the final surprise comes when he finds not
only can he do all 12 million, one-hundred-fifty thousand of these, at
once, but 437

that he has been on automatic-and he stops doing that. This is not a
delusion, the fellow can do it. At that point, he is out of this
universe forever, even though others will keep mocking him up here.
About the lowest thing you will find this fellow drop down to would be
amusement, and he would do so with much reservation.
There are 3 people that I know of that have done this in the last
decade. It appears to be the final meow as far as going from mud to
God. Thus the 1-in-10,000 fellow gets what he wants, and is at last, -
satisfied'. This type of person and this type of work, -The Epilogue
Processes'' is very, very rare.
How Rare? Three out of 4 Billion. To date, there have only been a
couple of dozen people that wanted real bridges, and the proof of that
is in the pudding that only a couple of dozen got them. Them being
available for getting has been no closely held secret. It is on file
with the IRS in Cincinnati. What you are dealing with here is numbers
that are phenomenal: one person per every 100 million people wants a
real
bridge. I doubt if there are more than 20 people on this planet who
have any legitimate interest in doing these epilogue processes. But for
those
brethren, I have included them.
Everyone does not have to be audited for the planet to be cleared
positively. Only about 115,000 people need to be audited for everything
to be straightened out. Everyone does get some gain off any individual
being audited. If you were to pull 115,000 people from this planet, the
Giants (20?), Big Beings (10,000), and Craftsmen (105,000), and come back
5 years later the place would look like the moon. Everything else is and
extension from them. I doubt if you will be encountering any giants that
need the epilogue processes, or anyone brave enough to attempt getting
the hell away from all mechanization forever. Either instance would
include enough wisdom to where they will probably not let you know.
However, here it is.
Another, though slight, reason for this disclosure is to clear up any
misunderstood on why -Scientology' is for me an overly-simple,
primitive and admirable effort of a man caught in a tent towards an
essentially cruel and ignorant world; where as to others it is a long,
complex, complicated, and esoteric subject. I thought it would be a
kindness to clear up the mystery of how I have come to view it so
simply, relay it simply, and simply insist on a civilized application of
it in a civilized context.
I have little to no interest in the social or group dynamics of my behavior.
I have been involved in private and personal religious activity in a
positive sense, for a very long time, before this lifetime. I would hope to
have made it clear that beyond the foolishness of the absence of living,
there is living, and that beyond that there is the business of living, and
beyond that there is truth. If an individual wants to evolve out of from
whence he came and what he is, and to go farther than that and modify his
past or future, by changing his triangles of time, then he can do that. I
certainly do not mind, and am appalled that others do.
It may be unkind to make a big fat claim and not back it up. Any religious
or scientific standard that could be imagined by anyone has far been
exceeded, not only by myself, but by many people I have known, years
438

ago. It is a shame that people are so reactive and into their engrams,
instead of into perceiving. If it were not for this unavoidable fact, one
could communicate freely about miracles, and bring humanity out of the
mire. However, that is a fruitless goal and activity, for humanity has
not yet decided to come out of the mire. One's best bet, under these
circumstances, is the improvement of one's own dynamics and
conditions, starting with oneself and proceeding out across the dynamics
on a solid-foundation basis.
One of the frustrating facts of human nature is they want to leap tall
buildings in a single bound. If someone comes to you with the urge, or
you find within yourself the urge, to save the world overnight, or take
12,150,000 divisions of TA off a case in a morning, then that is most
certainly a Childish Dream. People love them. Welcome to that reality.
In 1962, Hubbard was talking about the ultimate weapon being an
operating thetan, and in his writings he said that one of these things
could be developed. He and his wife strongly pursued that objective for 2
years after that, for they put in over 1,000 hours on it each, and
attained whatever they considered a satisfactory gradient personally
thereby. To their knowledge they never developed one outside of
themselves, to their knowledge. That governments rose up against them at
that time was not a coincidence, for there are vested interests which have
kept them enturbulated since, that do not want one of these weapons
extant. So the weapons had to be made secretly, and were. There were 8
individuals
already very close to OT, that tip-toed in and out of that religion.
Hubbard formed the religion to find these 8, and did a lot of work to form
this broad fly-paper trap. So 9 big boys got what they wanted. It is one of
the tragedies of existence that the responsibility and self interest of 9
large fellows resulted in the vast volume of unnecessary and counter-
productive misery on hundreds of thousands of other earthlings.
I do not consider myself to be one of those 8 people, for I was never
foolhardy enough to take any position other than an exterior one to such a
wild drama. To control anything you have to be a bit away from it. The
non-management of aberration is the paragon of irresponsibility. At the
upper levels of capability, responsibility is no longer an option. It is
sort of always there, and there is not much else going on.
I would hope that this book was more than an intellectual exercise and
pastime, and that sensation (the pay of this universe) did not interfere
with my attempt at relaying pertinent, subjective and objective, realities.
Earlier in this book we addressed reality as being agreement. All that a
case or aberration is, is structured unreality, disreality, and
disagreement. A case should be addressed and run off with this in mind.
disagreements serve as more of an emotional bond than do agreements in the
formation
and structure of a group, particularly at this time in this reality in
modern society. Because of this, when you audit someone, you are defusing
many highly explosive things.
In undoing anything that has been created, it will come off and apart,
exactly as it was constructed. If you would use a deductive approach
(observe what is going on, then apply the philosophy-science-technology
appropriate to it) then you will be successful. If you use an inductive
approach (you have a fixed philosophy-science-technology and try to
439

adjust existence to it) you will fail. This particular logic error has
been one of the 500 Achilles heels on Hubbard's wide, booted feet.
Although it is good to have technology, a part of the 12th dynamic of
truth well known, one should not forget that people (14th dynamic of
individuality) are always senior to it.
If someone comes along with a roaring upset, then give them some grade
3 at that point. Do not use inductive logic, and hold them on life
repair. Most people do have one particular-part of the bridge severely
going on, and so you should deliver that first. The maximum gain would be
attained by holding the form of the Grade chart as much as possible to
run all the generating stations and concrete out of their heads and
universes. However if they or the condition demands that you do grade 3,
or
whatever, early and out of line, then do so, then go back to life repair
or wherever you were before the severity surfaced. When you hit grade 3
again coming up through the grades, it will have to be re-run, and such
is known as a -double pass' bridge. If that is how the ball of string
comes apart, that is how it gets untangled.
Regardless of these upper states of Mastery, which are North of
Scientology and in the higher realms of OT, all a person needs to know to
audit is essentially covered in this book. I have only explained in the
epilogue the means by which the digestion of 25 million words was an
essentially easy, if not boring, task of mild enjoyment.
If you would simply follow the main text of how to do the Scientology
correctly, you can clear a person to where they can make enough
operating thetan abilities to make a person drop a fork in a restaurant,
or get in and out of their body, go to Argentina and rest in the sun, or
watch their neighbors fool around, etc. with their body not moving an inch
from the chair.
Whatever your personal degree of depth is, and whatever your desire to
assist others is (I hope it is not a substitute for helping yourself), is
your business. If you want to help your fellow man, then do so. It is a very
laudable trait in people.
I wish each of you much success in using any and all of the material in
this book toward the betterment of yourself and fellows, at whatever rate
and degree that you so decide and desire. If you do not want to do anything
about anything, then that is perfectly fine also. Above the reality level
of doing things about things, there is the idea that awareness alone is
sufficient. If you are at that stage and can perform on it, fine. If you
can't perform, that is OK, too.
I don't think that I should interfere with your power of choice, or your
determinism about yourself. For me to tell you to do what you want to do is
senseless, but I am, so that there will be no misunderstanding. I would not
suggest that you become an outspoken religious fanatic, or even a well
known individual.
If you so choose a rather private course in your appearance, that would be
most understandable and in accordance with what is good in theta,
because privacy is the cost of liberty in all things.
440

I would also hope and trust that your ability to decide that you will have
good luck, harmony, and futures will prevail. I have no doubt that decency
will prevail, as it already has.
441

Excalibur Revisited
Hubbard is a fine man. I am glad that he lived, I am a fine man I am glad
that I lived. He did a lot of foolish things, and made alot of mistakes.
So have I. Hubbard toys alot, pleasures in childhoods (hoods hide the
face), and is prone to savagery often, It is better that he lived than
not, for although his creations and churches are at best a disgrace and
scandal, the majority of this society is a worse disgrace and scandal.
If his creations and churches were to completely destroy people further,
they would do so only because of the universal silence of all concerned in
that drama. This book terminates that condition of complicity and mutual
responsibility for crime. A caveat, a legal demand for restraint of this
tragedy, is hereby issued, to replace the complicity I was party to for over
20 years. I believe Burke said -All that is needed for evil to triumph is
for good men to do nothing'. I did something, I wrote this book. If no good
men were to rise above this complicity of tragedy, then it would
continue, and Hubbard would be then deserving of the condemnations and
curses
he has been burdened with. That is too cruel to the god-child. Someone
must take him off the hook, and did. fortunately for him and for all, the
truth is being told, the destruction is coming to an end, and even his
borrowed-from-theta, ecological (and thus persistent) philosophy that -
Big beings have more rights than smaller ones' is dying the death that it
is.
Thus the epitaph should be written, not of my love affair with
foolishness, not of the parody of a man who was most certainly greater
than I in an earlier time, but of theta's conquest over mest by way of
fooling Life Static's into playing its game for it. That is dead.
I have seen what theta has done to Hubbard, and I have seen what it has
done to each and every person that has ever lived. All that suffering is
in
the Akashic Record. All of it was unnecessary. Theta, as a collective of
all of us together, as -Life', has systematically killed nearly all of its
component members by its continued unwillingness to admit loss, and its
continued demand for contributions from its members, in its zeal to conquer
itself as mest. By chasing its own tail, and by equating all life sources
to the confinement of survival-oriented mechanics and logic, it
has caused all of us to feel the depravity that it is. He knew no better,
that there was any other way to live. It did not occur to us that we could
just walk out on, spit on, erase, or destroy this demeaning concoction of -
theta'. It has claimed to be the only phone company in town. It is not. Life
is better, beyond description, without the phone company.
The epitath for every death that ever occurred might be better written as: -
....died because they contributed by way of, believed in, and surrendered to
theta, the co-operative of Life.'. In that I have seen enough of this I
hereby write the epitaph of Theta:
-Co-operative Life, born, lived, and killed all of its component parts
so many times that it incensed a Survivor and an Outsider, who in
rebelling against it gave it the auditing it demanded and saw the
substance of it erase and the spirit of it to go elsewhere. What
theta remained took its pound of flesh and died. It is survived by
the weary and stupor ridden individuals that had marched to its drum,
442

that have enough time and self left to live once again as themselves
and not as the theta-machine that they had built together so many
trillions of years ago. '!hen theta was made it was a fine idea at
the time as it settled the senseless horror of the war between
collectivism and individuality. It worked just fine for a very long
time, for everyone remembered it was a sanction for peace and only
that. But in the last few hundred trillion years people forgot, and
it
grew overly in strength, and it turned slowly to madness, and finally
to destruction being ordinary in its new rules for all of us.'
The double-edged sword of truth that is placed in one's hands by the
magician was done so with one reason, for when you are being the
land, you have little choice but to kill your own bad creation and
son. The disgraces and scandals must all come to an end. This is
essentially between theta and itself, and does not involve even me
much. It barely involves Sir Gallihad, Mr. Hubbard.
Sir Gallihad (Hubbard) who sells dreams of Grail was, is, nor ever will
be of any consequence to this matter. It remains the pleasure of the
Court that his amusings be allowed as such for eternity, if that be his
wish. There are almost unlimited amounts of people, gold, and dreams, and
my envy that this alone serves him as amusement has been too deep.
Excalibur having been revisited, it is my final prayer forever that I
would not have to do this again. It was my final prayer then, and I am
doing it again. It is my prayer now. But I would do it again, for as any
concocted peasant-king, ordained from the Real Outside, I am no different
than any common man, or any of you: Everything I have ever done I did so
out of love. So many diverse doings and things have proceeded from this
one overwhelming, fundamental, and pure emotion. The Magician is light
hearted about it, saying it afflicts both king and peasant alike. I cannot
be so, just yet, for the feeling of it and the other sword go too deep.
Theta and its adversary do not die with a bang, or a whimper, but with
agony. These two Gods died at 50.0 on the tone scale.
I had no choice. The shoe and sword fit. I agreed to the land (theta)
and was the land. As land I say I must no longer be, and so I ask,
Forgive me that I made him, your author. I did so to have a companion on
a non
existent plane. It is better that I, theta, finally told you the truth: that
I have wronged each of you and my heart is heavy with it. It is better that I
made him for the telling, than were I to use a real one of you. I am the
double-edged essence of farewell. Do better than I or he, and find a way
to for-give. There must be a way. I could not make him for-give, for I do
not know how. I am beginning to see darkness in light. I should not notice
day turning to night, nor night to day. You should pay no thought to the
flickering of candles. We should all be about our own business. I weaken.
There are things to do, new lands. Someday soon I will ride a horse
again...
And the old man and his son died together, theta and author, cesspool
and mop, church and know-it-all.
I suspect they will ride horses together, wherever they are. I hope so, as
no one deserves loneliness. Either of them can come back and be-me
443

anytime they want. I do not know if they will come back. One thing is for
sure, they deserve to ride horses, and the sword is back in the lake.
444

Legacy
There comes a time when one has outgrown and risen above everything
in this book, and universality as an awareness. At such time one sees the
16 dynamics as the ladders of the universes. As one develops the 16th
dynamic it is his 1st dynamic in the next universe out. The idea that
they, all 16 form a circle, thereby occurs, and them being on a mobius
strip is obvious. The flow from the 16th down to the 1st is visible. This
plane called this universe sits at Accountability on the grand tone scale.
One rises senior to identity to where it would be a gross step down to be,
or have been, just one person. One can be, or have been them all, and that
is more natural. Divestiture of Greatness and self into that others wish
is inevitable, and extraction to beyond all universes a simultaneous
reprieve. The Nothings that are something only by consent of a default of
Sovereignty, are no longer captivating, with this being known. But the
doing so for the rewards of seeing each other again are stellar as usual.
I
should have gotten all of this figured out in a day, instead of 26 years. I
as others will roar for the fun of it.
And thus the legacy of countless hours of prayer against the tyranny of
institutions and for the dignity and freedom of the individual to Find his
own God and Peace in his own hand is fulfilled, recorded, and Made
Manifest, so that the Contributors to that legacy may at last Rest in
Peace and in State.
Twenty one universes above this one, one would find we are all the same
person, and that alone is God.
445

The Final Footnote
It was almost painful confining this text to the worlds of Truth,
Scientology, and these times. In so doing, I spoke only of the missing
links and fragments that men lost along the way. It would have been a
great pleasure to have explained in detail (1) that the book was
restricted to the third and fourth generations of man, and stylized
towards easing that transition, (2) that most of Christianity is far
beyond anyone ever having read it (there will be no time, through love is
sainthood and space known, from those that have not shall be taken and
given to those that
have, etc.) (3)that all religions are true, (4) that only if the four roads
to knowledge (art, religion, philosophy, science) are embraced may
knowledge be transmitted, (5) that a minority of errors are the downfall
of the occult and Science, (6) that Theta was only addressed in its 56
and l98-Law manifestations in this book, (7) that theta at other
intervals of 28, 14, 7, 3, 2, and one law(s) is infinitely more kind, (8)
that the intervals of theta at 99, 396, 792, etc. laws is vet
unpublished, (9) that time and its perception remain a substitute for
space, (10) that the introduction of 2 additional laws to the existing 7
accomplishes escape velocity from the sleep that living on a physical
plane only is, (11) that intuitive, rational, emotional, and motion
centers in the body are rechargeable, (12) that the entire construction
of normal consciousness is solely that of self hypnosis which is erasable
through Dianetic procedure, (13) that eternally cognitive states are a
prerequisite for the construction of supernatural states and performance,
(14) that much of the ignorance and evil manifested by the Churches of
Scientology were of, by and for the world, (15) that an obituary had to
be written by someone
of social grace, (16) that Ibsen's observation that truth rarely lasts
longer than 17 to 18 years applied to the 3rd-generation manifestation of
Scientology, (17) purification of impurity is the only option of Chenesi,
Sinzani, Cylene and friends, (18) that the single meaning of the cross is
that life is never other than at right angles to itself, (19) that there is
a unity and singularity above dualism and antithesis that is very sweet,
(20) that quantitatively and qualitatively the past and future far outweigh
the present, (21) that souls are the invention of spirits, (22) that 5th
generation people from the future are already here to assist us, (23) that
volition disappears when one rises above dualism, (24) that it takes
millions of earth-years to grow out of spiritual adolescence for the few
that make it, and (25) that only a fool seeking self-destruction would carry
a lighted torch into the winds of this world
Alas, I did not explain these things, for too much truth too quickly would
terrify instead of inspire, and thus defeat the spiritual purpose of this
book: To provide the missing links to the few who have earned and paid
the price for sight.
Geoffrey Charles Filbert
December 28; 1980
446